wxPython/src/mac/_core.py

   1 # This file was created automatically by SWIG 1.3.29.
   2 # Don't modify this file, modify the SWIG interface instead.
   3
   4 import _core_
   5 import new
   6 new_instancemethod = new.instancemethod
   7 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,static=1):
   8     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
   9     if (name == "this"):
  10         if type(value).__name__ == 'PySwigObject':
  11             self.__dict__[name] = value
  12             return
  13     method = class_type.__swig_setmethods__.get(name,None)
  14     if method: return method(self,value)
  15     if (not static) or hasattr(self,name):
  16         self.__dict__[name] = value
  17     else:
  18         raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  19
  20 def _swig_setattr(self,class_type,name,value):
  21     return _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,0)
  22
  23 def _swig_getattr(self,class_type,name):
  24     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own()
  25     method = class_type.__swig_getmethods__.get(name,None)
  26     if method: return method(self)
  27     raise AttributeError,name
  28
  29 def _swig_repr(self):
  30     try: strthis = "proxy of " + self.this.__repr__()
  31     except: strthis = ""
  32     return "<%s.%s; %s >" % (self.__class__.__module__, self.__class__.__name__, strthis,)
  33
  34 import types
  35 try:
  36     _object = types.ObjectType
  37     _newclass = 1
  38 except AttributeError:
  39     class _object : pass
  40     _newclass = 0
  41 del types
  42
  43
  44 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic_method(set):
  45     def set_attr(self,name,value):
  46         if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
  47         if hasattr(self,name) or (name == "this"):
  48             set(self,name,value)
  49         else:
  50             raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  51     return set_attr
  52
  53
  54 #// Give a reference to the dictionary of this module to the C++ extension
  55 #// code.
  56 _core_._wxPySetDictionary(vars())
  57
  58 #// A little trick to make 'wx' be a reference to this module so wx.Names can
  59 #// be used here.
  60 import sys as _sys
  61 wx = _sys.modules[__name__]
  62
  63
  64 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  65
  66 def _deprecated(callable, msg=None):
  67     """
  68     Create a wrapper function that will raise a DeprecationWarning
  69     before calling the callable.
  70     """
  71     if msg is None:
  72         msg = "%s is deprecated" % callable
  73     def deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs):
  74         import warnings
  75         warnings.warn(msg, DeprecationWarning, stacklevel=2)
  76         return callable(*args, **kwargs)
  77     deprecatedWrapper.__doc__ = msg
  78     return deprecatedWrapper
  79
  80
  81 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  82
  83 NOT_FOUND = _core_.NOT_FOUND
  84 VSCROLL = _core_.VSCROLL
  85 HSCROLL = _core_.HSCROLL
  86 CAPTION = _core_.CAPTION
  87 DOUBLE_BORDER = _core_.DOUBLE_BORDER
  88 SUNKEN_BORDER = _core_.SUNKEN_BORDER
  89 RAISED_BORDER = _core_.RAISED_BORDER
  90 BORDER = _core_.BORDER
  91 SIMPLE_BORDER = _core_.SIMPLE_BORDER
  92 STATIC_BORDER = _core_.STATIC_BORDER
  93 TRANSPARENT_WINDOW = _core_.TRANSPARENT_WINDOW
  94 NO_BORDER = _core_.NO_BORDER
  95 DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER = _core_.DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER
  96 DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE = _core_.DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE
  97 TAB_TRAVERSAL = _core_.TAB_TRAVERSAL
  98 WANTS_CHARS = _core_.WANTS_CHARS
  99 POPUP_WINDOW = _core_.POPUP_WINDOW
 100 CENTER_FRAME = _core_.CENTER_FRAME
 101 CENTRE_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTRE_ON_SCREEN
 102 CENTER_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTER_ON_SCREEN
 103 CLIP_CHILDREN = _core_.CLIP_CHILDREN
 104 CLIP_SIBLINGS = _core_.CLIP_SIBLINGS
 105 WINDOW_STYLE_MASK = _core_.WINDOW_STYLE_MASK
 106 ALWAYS_SHOW_SB = _core_.ALWAYS_SHOW_SB
 107 RETAINED = _core_.RETAINED
 108 BACKINGSTORE = _core_.BACKINGSTORE
 109 COLOURED = _core_.COLOURED
 110 FIXED_LENGTH = _core_.FIXED_LENGTH
 111 LB_NEEDED_SB = _core_.LB_NEEDED_SB
 112 LB_ALWAYS_SB = _core_.LB_ALWAYS_SB
 113 LB_SORT = _core_.LB_SORT
 114 LB_SINGLE = _core_.LB_SINGLE
 115 LB_MULTIPLE = _core_.LB_MULTIPLE
 116 LB_EXTENDED = _core_.LB_EXTENDED
 117 LB_OWNERDRAW = _core_.LB_OWNERDRAW
 118 LB_HSCROLL = _core_.LB_HSCROLL
 119 PROCESS_ENTER = _core_.PROCESS_ENTER
 120 PASSWORD = _core_.PASSWORD
 121 CB_SIMPLE = _core_.CB_SIMPLE
 122 CB_DROPDOWN = _core_.CB_DROPDOWN
 123 CB_SORT = _core_.CB_SORT
 124 CB_READONLY = _core_.CB_READONLY
 125 RA_HORIZONTAL = _core_.RA_HORIZONTAL
 126 RA_VERTICAL = _core_.RA_VERTICAL
 127 RA_SPECIFY_ROWS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_ROWS
 128 RA_SPECIFY_COLS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_COLS
 129 RA_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RA_USE_CHECKBOX
 130 RB_GROUP = _core_.RB_GROUP
 131 RB_SINGLE = _core_.RB_SINGLE
 132 SB_HORIZONTAL = _core_.SB_HORIZONTAL
 133 SB_VERTICAL = _core_.SB_VERTICAL
 134 RB_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RB_USE_CHECKBOX
 135 ST_SIZEGRIP = _core_.ST_SIZEGRIP
 136 ST_NO_AUTORESIZE = _core_.ST_NO_AUTORESIZE
 137 ST_DOTS_MIDDLE = _core_.ST_DOTS_MIDDLE
 138 ST_DOTS_END = _core_.ST_DOTS_END
 139 FLOOD_SURFACE = _core_.FLOOD_SURFACE
 140 FLOOD_BORDER = _core_.FLOOD_BORDER
 141 ODDEVEN_RULE = _core_.ODDEVEN_RULE
 142 WINDING_RULE = _core_.WINDING_RULE
 143 TOOL_TOP = _core_.TOOL_TOP
 144 TOOL_BOTTOM = _core_.TOOL_BOTTOM
 145 TOOL_LEFT = _core_.TOOL_LEFT
 146 TOOL_RIGHT = _core_.TOOL_RIGHT
 147 OK = _core_.OK
 148 YES_NO = _core_.YES_NO
 149 CANCEL = _core_.CANCEL
 150 YES = _core_.YES
 151 NO = _core_.NO
 152 NO_DEFAULT = _core_.NO_DEFAULT
 153 YES_DEFAULT = _core_.YES_DEFAULT
 154 ICON_EXCLAMATION = _core_.ICON_EXCLAMATION
 155 ICON_HAND = _core_.ICON_HAND
 156 ICON_QUESTION = _core_.ICON_QUESTION
 157 ICON_INFORMATION = _core_.ICON_INFORMATION
 158 ICON_STOP = _core_.ICON_STOP
 159 ICON_ASTERISK = _core_.ICON_ASTERISK
 160 ICON_MASK = _core_.ICON_MASK
 161 ICON_WARNING = _core_.ICON_WARNING
 162 ICON_ERROR = _core_.ICON_ERROR
 163 FORWARD = _core_.FORWARD
 164 BACKWARD = _core_.BACKWARD
 165 RESET = _core_.RESET
 166 HELP = _core_.HELP
 167 MORE = _core_.MORE
 168 SETUP = _core_.SETUP
 169 SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH
 170 SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT
 171 SIZE_AUTO = _core_.SIZE_AUTO
 172 SIZE_USE_EXISTING = _core_.SIZE_USE_EXISTING
 173 SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE = _core_.SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE
 174 SIZE_FORCE = _core_.SIZE_FORCE
 175 PORTRAIT = _core_.PORTRAIT
 176 LANDSCAPE = _core_.LANDSCAPE
 177 PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH
 178 PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM
 179 PRINT_QUALITY_LOW = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_LOW
 180 PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT
 181 ID_ANY = _core_.ID_ANY
 182 ID_SEPARATOR = _core_.ID_SEPARATOR
 183 ID_NONE = _core_.ID_NONE
 184 ID_LOWEST = _core_.ID_LOWEST
 185 ID_OPEN = _core_.ID_OPEN
 186 ID_CLOSE = _core_.ID_CLOSE
 187 ID_NEW = _core_.ID_NEW
 188 ID_SAVE = _core_.ID_SAVE
 189 ID_SAVEAS = _core_.ID_SAVEAS
 190 ID_REVERT = _core_.ID_REVERT
 191 ID_EXIT = _core_.ID_EXIT
 192 ID_UNDO = _core_.ID_UNDO
 193 ID_REDO = _core_.ID_REDO
 194 ID_HELP = _core_.ID_HELP
 195 ID_PRINT = _core_.ID_PRINT
 196 ID_PRINT_SETUP = _core_.ID_PRINT_SETUP
 197 ID_PREVIEW = _core_.ID_PREVIEW
 198 ID_ABOUT = _core_.ID_ABOUT
 199 ID_HELP_CONTENTS = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTENTS
 200 ID_HELP_COMMANDS = _core_.ID_HELP_COMMANDS
 201 ID_HELP_PROCEDURES = _core_.ID_HELP_PROCEDURES
 202 ID_HELP_CONTEXT = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTEXT
 203 ID_CLOSE_ALL = _core_.ID_CLOSE_ALL
 204 ID_PREFERENCES = _core_.ID_PREFERENCES
 205 ID_CUT = _core_.ID_CUT
 206 ID_COPY = _core_.ID_COPY
 207 ID_PASTE = _core_.ID_PASTE
 208 ID_CLEAR = _core_.ID_CLEAR
 209 ID_FIND = _core_.ID_FIND
 210 ID_DUPLICATE = _core_.ID_DUPLICATE
 211 ID_SELECTALL = _core_.ID_SELECTALL
 212 ID_DELETE = _core_.ID_DELETE
 213 ID_REPLACE = _core_.ID_REPLACE
 214 ID_REPLACE_ALL = _core_.ID_REPLACE_ALL
 215 ID_PROPERTIES = _core_.ID_PROPERTIES
 216 ID_VIEW_DETAILS = _core_.ID_VIEW_DETAILS
 217 ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS
 218 ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS
 219 ID_VIEW_LIST = _core_.ID_VIEW_LIST
 220 ID_VIEW_SORTDATE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTDATE
 221 ID_VIEW_SORTNAME = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTNAME
 222 ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE
 223 ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE
 224 ID_FILE1 = _core_.ID_FILE1
 225 ID_FILE2 = _core_.ID_FILE2
 226 ID_FILE3 = _core_.ID_FILE3
 227 ID_FILE4 = _core_.ID_FILE4
 228 ID_FILE5 = _core_.ID_FILE5
 229 ID_FILE6 = _core_.ID_FILE6
 230 ID_FILE7 = _core_.ID_FILE7
 231 ID_FILE8 = _core_.ID_FILE8
 232 ID_FILE9 = _core_.ID_FILE9
 233 ID_OK = _core_.ID_OK
 234 ID_CANCEL = _core_.ID_CANCEL
 235 ID_APPLY = _core_.ID_APPLY
 236 ID_YES = _core_.ID_YES
 237 ID_NO = _core_.ID_NO
 238 ID_STATIC = _core_.ID_STATIC
 239 ID_FORWARD = _core_.ID_FORWARD
 240 ID_BACKWARD = _core_.ID_BACKWARD
 241 ID_DEFAULT = _core_.ID_DEFAULT
 242 ID_MORE = _core_.ID_MORE
 243 ID_SETUP = _core_.ID_SETUP
 244 ID_RESET = _core_.ID_RESET
 245 ID_CONTEXT_HELP = _core_.ID_CONTEXT_HELP
 246 ID_YESTOALL = _core_.ID_YESTOALL
 247 ID_NOTOALL = _core_.ID_NOTOALL
 248 ID_ABORT = _core_.ID_ABORT
 249 ID_RETRY = _core_.ID_RETRY
 250 ID_IGNORE = _core_.ID_IGNORE
 251 ID_ADD = _core_.ID_ADD
 252 ID_REMOVE = _core_.ID_REMOVE
 253 ID_UP = _core_.ID_UP
 254 ID_DOWN = _core_.ID_DOWN
 255 ID_HOME = _core_.ID_HOME
 256 ID_REFRESH = _core_.ID_REFRESH
 257 ID_STOP = _core_.ID_STOP
 258 ID_INDEX = _core_.ID_INDEX
 259 ID_BOLD = _core_.ID_BOLD
 260 ID_ITALIC = _core_.ID_ITALIC
 261 ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER
 262 ID_JUSTIFY_FILL = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_FILL
 263 ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT
 264 ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT
 265 ID_UNDERLINE = _core_.ID_UNDERLINE
 266 ID_INDENT = _core_.ID_INDENT
 267 ID_UNINDENT = _core_.ID_UNINDENT
 268 ID_ZOOM_100 = _core_.ID_ZOOM_100
 269 ID_ZOOM_FIT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_FIT
 270 ID_ZOOM_IN = _core_.ID_ZOOM_IN
 271 ID_ZOOM_OUT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_OUT
 272 ID_UNDELETE = _core_.ID_UNDELETE
 273 ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED = _core_.ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED
 274 ID_HIGHEST = _core_.ID_HIGHEST
 275 ACCEL_ALT = _core_.ACCEL_ALT
 276 ACCEL_CTRL = _core_.ACCEL_CTRL
 277 ACCEL_SHIFT = _core_.ACCEL_SHIFT
 278 ACCEL_NORMAL = _core_.ACCEL_NORMAL
 279 PD_AUTO_HIDE = _core_.PD_AUTO_HIDE
 280 PD_APP_MODAL = _core_.PD_APP_MODAL
 281 PD_CAN_ABORT = _core_.PD_CAN_ABORT
 282 PD_ELAPSED_TIME = _core_.PD_ELAPSED_TIME
 283 PD_ESTIMATED_TIME = _core_.PD_ESTIMATED_TIME
 284 PD_REMAINING_TIME = _core_.PD_REMAINING_TIME
 285 PD_SMOOTH = _core_.PD_SMOOTH
 286 PD_CAN_SKIP = _core_.PD_CAN_SKIP
 287 MENU_TEAROFF = _core_.MENU_TEAROFF
 288 MB_DOCKABLE = _core_.MB_DOCKABLE
 289 NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 290 FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 291 LI_HORIZONTAL = _core_.LI_HORIZONTAL
 292 LI_VERTICAL = _core_.LI_VERTICAL
 293 WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY = _core_.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY
 294 WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS = _core_.WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS
 295 WS_EX_TRANSIENT = _core_.WS_EX_TRANSIENT
 296 WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND = _core_.WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND
 297 WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE
 298 WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES
 299 MM_TEXT = _core_.MM_TEXT
 300 MM_LOMETRIC = _core_.MM_LOMETRIC
 301 MM_HIMETRIC = _core_.MM_HIMETRIC
 302 MM_LOENGLISH = _core_.MM_LOENGLISH
 303 MM_HIENGLISH = _core_.MM_HIENGLISH
 304 MM_TWIPS = _core_.MM_TWIPS
 305 MM_ISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ISOTROPIC
 306 MM_ANISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ANISOTROPIC
 307 MM_POINTS = _core_.MM_POINTS
 308 MM_METRIC = _core_.MM_METRIC
 309 CENTRE = _core_.CENTRE
 310 CENTER = _core_.CENTER
 311 HORIZONTAL = _core_.HORIZONTAL
 312 VERTICAL = _core_.VERTICAL
 313 BOTH = _core_.BOTH
 314 LEFT = _core_.LEFT
 315 RIGHT = _core_.RIGHT
 316 UP = _core_.UP
 317 DOWN = _core_.DOWN
 318 TOP = _core_.TOP
 319 BOTTOM = _core_.BOTTOM
 320 NORTH = _core_.NORTH
 321 SOUTH = _core_.SOUTH
 322 WEST = _core_.WEST
 323 EAST = _core_.EAST
 324 ALL = _core_.ALL
 325 ALIGN_NOT = _core_.ALIGN_NOT
 326 ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL
 327 ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL
 328 ALIGN_LEFT = _core_.ALIGN_LEFT
 329 ALIGN_TOP = _core_.ALIGN_TOP
 330 ALIGN_RIGHT = _core_.ALIGN_RIGHT
 331 ALIGN_BOTTOM = _core_.ALIGN_BOTTOM
 332 ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL
 333 ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL
 334 ALIGN_CENTER = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER
 335 ALIGN_CENTRE = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE
 336 ALIGN_MASK = _core_.ALIGN_MASK
 337 STRETCH_NOT = _core_.STRETCH_NOT
 338 SHRINK = _core_.SHRINK
 339 GROW = _core_.GROW
 340 EXPAND = _core_.EXPAND
 341 SHAPED = _core_.SHAPED
 342 FIXED_MINSIZE = _core_.FIXED_MINSIZE
 343 TILE = _core_.TILE
 344 ADJUST_MINSIZE = _core_.ADJUST_MINSIZE
 345 BORDER_DEFAULT = _core_.BORDER_DEFAULT
 346 BORDER_NONE = _core_.BORDER_NONE
 347 BORDER_STATIC = _core_.BORDER_STATIC
 348 BORDER_SIMPLE = _core_.BORDER_SIMPLE
 349 BORDER_RAISED = _core_.BORDER_RAISED
 350 BORDER_SUNKEN = _core_.BORDER_SUNKEN
 351 BORDER_DOUBLE = _core_.BORDER_DOUBLE
 352 BORDER_MASK = _core_.BORDER_MASK
 353 BG_STYLE_SYSTEM = _core_.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM
 354 BG_STYLE_COLOUR = _core_.BG_STYLE_COLOUR
 355 BG_STYLE_CUSTOM = _core_.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM
 356 DEFAULT = _core_.DEFAULT
 357 DECORATIVE = _core_.DECORATIVE
 358 ROMAN = _core_.ROMAN
 359 SCRIPT = _core_.SCRIPT
 360 SWISS = _core_.SWISS
 361 MODERN = _core_.MODERN
 362 TELETYPE = _core_.TELETYPE
 363 VARIABLE = _core_.VARIABLE
 364 FIXED = _core_.FIXED
 365 NORMAL = _core_.NORMAL
 366 LIGHT = _core_.LIGHT
 367 BOLD = _core_.BOLD
 368 ITALIC = _core_.ITALIC
 369 SLANT = _core_.SLANT
 370 SOLID = _core_.SOLID
 371 DOT = _core_.DOT
 372 LONG_DASH = _core_.LONG_DASH
 373 SHORT_DASH = _core_.SHORT_DASH
 374 DOT_DASH = _core_.DOT_DASH
 375 USER_DASH = _core_.USER_DASH
 376 TRANSPARENT = _core_.TRANSPARENT
 377 STIPPLE = _core_.STIPPLE
 378 STIPPLE_MASK = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK
 379 STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE
 380 BDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.BDIAGONAL_HATCH
 381 CROSSDIAG_HATCH = _core_.CROSSDIAG_HATCH
 382 FDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.FDIAGONAL_HATCH
 383 CROSS_HATCH = _core_.CROSS_HATCH
 384 HORIZONTAL_HATCH = _core_.HORIZONTAL_HATCH
 385 VERTICAL_HATCH = _core_.VERTICAL_HATCH
 386 JOIN_BEVEL = _core_.JOIN_BEVEL
 387 JOIN_MITER = _core_.JOIN_MITER
 388 JOIN_ROUND = _core_.JOIN_ROUND
 389 CAP_ROUND = _core_.CAP_ROUND
 390 CAP_PROJECTING = _core_.CAP_PROJECTING
 391 CAP_BUTT = _core_.CAP_BUTT
 392 CLEAR = _core_.CLEAR
 393 XOR = _core_.XOR
 394 INVERT = _core_.INVERT
 395 OR_REVERSE = _core_.OR_REVERSE
 396 AND_REVERSE = _core_.AND_REVERSE
 397 COPY = _core_.COPY
 398 AND = _core_.AND
 399 AND_INVERT = _core_.AND_INVERT
 400 NO_OP = _core_.NO_OP
 401 NOR = _core_.NOR
 402 EQUIV = _core_.EQUIV
 403 SRC_INVERT = _core_.SRC_INVERT
 404 OR_INVERT = _core_.OR_INVERT
 405 NAND = _core_.NAND
 406 OR = _core_.OR
 407 SET = _core_.SET
 408 WXK_BACK = _core_.WXK_BACK
 409 WXK_TAB = _core_.WXK_TAB
 410 WXK_RETURN = _core_.WXK_RETURN
 411 WXK_ESCAPE = _core_.WXK_ESCAPE
 412 WXK_SPACE = _core_.WXK_SPACE
 413 WXK_DELETE = _core_.WXK_DELETE
 414 WXK_START = _core_.WXK_START
 415 WXK_LBUTTON = _core_.WXK_LBUTTON
 416 WXK_RBUTTON = _core_.WXK_RBUTTON
 417 WXK_CANCEL = _core_.WXK_CANCEL
 418 WXK_MBUTTON = _core_.WXK_MBUTTON
 419 WXK_CLEAR = _core_.WXK_CLEAR
 420 WXK_SHIFT = _core_.WXK_SHIFT
 421 WXK_ALT = _core_.WXK_ALT
 422 WXK_CONTROL = _core_.WXK_CONTROL
 423 WXK_MENU = _core_.WXK_MENU
 424 WXK_PAUSE = _core_.WXK_PAUSE
 425 WXK_CAPITAL = _core_.WXK_CAPITAL
 426 WXK_PRIOR = _core_.WXK_PRIOR
 427 WXK_NEXT = _core_.WXK_NEXT
 428 WXK_END = _core_.WXK_END
 429 WXK_HOME = _core_.WXK_HOME
 430 WXK_LEFT = _core_.WXK_LEFT
 431 WXK_UP = _core_.WXK_UP
 432 WXK_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_RIGHT
 433 WXK_DOWN = _core_.WXK_DOWN
 434 WXK_SELECT = _core_.WXK_SELECT
 435 WXK_PRINT = _core_.WXK_PRINT
 436 WXK_EXECUTE = _core_.WXK_EXECUTE
 437 WXK_SNAPSHOT = _core_.WXK_SNAPSHOT
 438 WXK_INSERT = _core_.WXK_INSERT
 439 WXK_HELP = _core_.WXK_HELP
 440 WXK_NUMPAD0 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD0
 441 WXK_NUMPAD1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD1
 442 WXK_NUMPAD2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD2
 443 WXK_NUMPAD3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD3
 444 WXK_NUMPAD4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD4
 445 WXK_NUMPAD5 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD5
 446 WXK_NUMPAD6 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD6
 447 WXK_NUMPAD7 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD7
 448 WXK_NUMPAD8 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD8
 449 WXK_NUMPAD9 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD9
 450 WXK_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_MULTIPLY
 451 WXK_ADD = _core_.WXK_ADD
 452 WXK_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_SEPARATOR
 453 WXK_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_SUBTRACT
 454 WXK_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_DECIMAL
 455 WXK_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_DIVIDE
 456 WXK_F1 = _core_.WXK_F1
 457 WXK_F2 = _core_.WXK_F2
 458 WXK_F3 = _core_.WXK_F3
 459 WXK_F4 = _core_.WXK_F4
 460 WXK_F5 = _core_.WXK_F5
 461 WXK_F6 = _core_.WXK_F6
 462 WXK_F7 = _core_.WXK_F7
 463 WXK_F8 = _core_.WXK_F8
 464 WXK_F9 = _core_.WXK_F9
 465 WXK_F10 = _core_.WXK_F10
 466 WXK_F11 = _core_.WXK_F11
 467 WXK_F12 = _core_.WXK_F12
 468 WXK_F13 = _core_.WXK_F13
 469 WXK_F14 = _core_.WXK_F14
 470 WXK_F15 = _core_.WXK_F15
 471 WXK_F16 = _core_.WXK_F16
 472 WXK_F17 = _core_.WXK_F17
 473 WXK_F18 = _core_.WXK_F18
 474 WXK_F19 = _core_.WXK_F19
 475 WXK_F20 = _core_.WXK_F20
 476 WXK_F21 = _core_.WXK_F21
 477 WXK_F22 = _core_.WXK_F22
 478 WXK_F23 = _core_.WXK_F23
 479 WXK_F24 = _core_.WXK_F24
 480 WXK_NUMLOCK = _core_.WXK_NUMLOCK
 481 WXK_SCROLL = _core_.WXK_SCROLL
 482 WXK_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_PAGEUP
 483 WXK_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_PAGEDOWN
 484 WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE
 485 WXK_NUMPAD_TAB = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_TAB
 486 WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER
 487 WXK_NUMPAD_F1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F1
 488 WXK_NUMPAD_F2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F2
 489 WXK_NUMPAD_F3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F3
 490 WXK_NUMPAD_F4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F4
 491 WXK_NUMPAD_HOME = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_HOME
 492 WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT
 493 WXK_NUMPAD_UP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_UP
 494 WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT
 495 WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN
 496 WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR
 497 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP
 498 WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT
 499 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN
 500 WXK_NUMPAD_END = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_END
 501 WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN
 502 WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT
 503 WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE
 504 WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL
 505 WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY
 506 WXK_NUMPAD_ADD = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ADD
 507 WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR
 508 WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT
 509 WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL
 510 WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE
 511 WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT
 512 WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT
 513 WXK_WINDOWS_MENU = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_MENU
 514 WXK_COMMAND = _core_.WXK_COMMAND
 515 WXK_SPECIAL1 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL1
 516 WXK_SPECIAL2 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL2
 517 WXK_SPECIAL3 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL3
 518 WXK_SPECIAL4 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL4
 519 WXK_SPECIAL5 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL5
 520 WXK_SPECIAL6 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL6
 521 WXK_SPECIAL7 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL7
 522 WXK_SPECIAL8 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL8
 523 WXK_SPECIAL9 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL9
 524 WXK_SPECIAL10 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL10
 525 WXK_SPECIAL11 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL11
 526 WXK_SPECIAL12 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL12
 527 WXK_SPECIAL13 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL13
 528 WXK_SPECIAL14 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL14
 529 WXK_SPECIAL15 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL15
 530 WXK_SPECIAL16 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL16
 531 WXK_SPECIAL17 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL17
 532 WXK_SPECIAL18 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL18
 533 WXK_SPECIAL19 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL19
 534 WXK_SPECIAL20 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL20
 535 PAPER_NONE = _core_.PAPER_NONE
 536 PAPER_LETTER = _core_.PAPER_LETTER
 537 PAPER_LEGAL = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL
 538 PAPER_A4 = _core_.PAPER_A4
 539 PAPER_CSHEET = _core_.PAPER_CSHEET
 540 PAPER_DSHEET = _core_.PAPER_DSHEET
 541 PAPER_ESHEET = _core_.PAPER_ESHEET
 542 PAPER_LETTERSMALL = _core_.PAPER_LETTERSMALL
 543 PAPER_TABLOID = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID
 544 PAPER_LEDGER = _core_.PAPER_LEDGER
 545 PAPER_STATEMENT = _core_.PAPER_STATEMENT
 546 PAPER_EXECUTIVE = _core_.PAPER_EXECUTIVE
 547 PAPER_A3 = _core_.PAPER_A3
 548 PAPER_A4SMALL = _core_.PAPER_A4SMALL
 549 PAPER_A5 = _core_.PAPER_A5
 550 PAPER_B4 = _core_.PAPER_B4
 551 PAPER_B5 = _core_.PAPER_B5
 552 PAPER_FOLIO = _core_.PAPER_FOLIO
 553 PAPER_QUARTO = _core_.PAPER_QUARTO
 554 PAPER_10X14 = _core_.PAPER_10X14
 555 PAPER_11X17 = _core_.PAPER_11X17
 556 PAPER_NOTE = _core_.PAPER_NOTE
 557 PAPER_ENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_9
 558 PAPER_ENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_10
 559 PAPER_ENV_11 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_11
 560 PAPER_ENV_12 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_12
 561 PAPER_ENV_14 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_14
 562 PAPER_ENV_DL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_DL
 563 PAPER_ENV_C5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C5
 564 PAPER_ENV_C3 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C3
 565 PAPER_ENV_C4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C4
 566 PAPER_ENV_C6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C6
 567 PAPER_ENV_C65 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C65
 568 PAPER_ENV_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B4
 569 PAPER_ENV_B5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B5
 570 PAPER_ENV_B6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B6
 571 PAPER_ENV_ITALY = _core_.PAPER_ENV_ITALY
 572 PAPER_ENV_MONARCH = _core_.PAPER_ENV_MONARCH
 573 PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL
 574 PAPER_FANFOLD_US = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_US
 575 PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN
 576 PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN
 577 PAPER_ISO_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ISO_B4
 578 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 579 PAPER_9X11 = _core_.PAPER_9X11
 580 PAPER_10X11 = _core_.PAPER_10X11
 581 PAPER_15X11 = _core_.PAPER_15X11
 582 PAPER_ENV_INVITE = _core_.PAPER_ENV_INVITE
 583 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA
 584 PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA
 585 PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA
 586 PAPER_A4_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A4_EXTRA
 587 PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE
 588 PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE
 589 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 590 PAPER_A_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A_PLUS
 591 PAPER_B_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_B_PLUS
 592 PAPER_LETTER_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_PLUS
 593 PAPER_A4_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A4_PLUS
 594 PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE
 595 PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE
 596 PAPER_A3_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA
 597 PAPER_A5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A5_EXTRA
 598 PAPER_B5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_B5_EXTRA
 599 PAPER_A2 = _core_.PAPER_A2
 600 PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE
 601 PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 602 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 603 PAPER_A6 = _core_.PAPER_A6
 604 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2
 605 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3
 606 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3
 607 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4
 608 PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED
 609 PAPER_A3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A3_ROTATED
 610 PAPER_A4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A4_ROTATED
 611 PAPER_A5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A5_ROTATED
 612 PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED
 613 PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED
 614 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 615 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 616 PAPER_A6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A6_ROTATED
 617 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED
 618 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED
 619 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED
 620 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED
 621 PAPER_B6_JIS = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS
 622 PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED
 623 PAPER_12X11 = _core_.PAPER_12X11
 624 PAPER_JENV_YOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4
 625 PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED
 626 PAPER_P16K = _core_.PAPER_P16K
 627 PAPER_P32K = _core_.PAPER_P32K
 628 PAPER_P32KBIG = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG
 629 PAPER_PENV_1 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1
 630 PAPER_PENV_2 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2
 631 PAPER_PENV_3 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3
 632 PAPER_PENV_4 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4
 633 PAPER_PENV_5 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5
 634 PAPER_PENV_6 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6
 635 PAPER_PENV_7 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7
 636 PAPER_PENV_8 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8
 637 PAPER_PENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9
 638 PAPER_PENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10
 639 PAPER_P16K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P16K_ROTATED
 640 PAPER_P32K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32K_ROTATED
 641 PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED
 642 PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED
 643 PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED
 644 PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED
 645 PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED
 646 PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED
 647 PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED
 648 PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED
 649 PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED
 650 PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED
 651 PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED
 652 DUPLEX_SIMPLEX = _core_.DUPLEX_SIMPLEX
 653 DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL = _core_.DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL
 654 DUPLEX_VERTICAL = _core_.DUPLEX_VERTICAL
 655 ITEM_SEPARATOR = _core_.ITEM_SEPARATOR
 656 ITEM_NORMAL = _core_.ITEM_NORMAL
 657 ITEM_CHECK = _core_.ITEM_CHECK
 658 ITEM_RADIO = _core_.ITEM_RADIO
 659 ITEM_MAX = _core_.ITEM_MAX
 660 HT_NOWHERE = _core_.HT_NOWHERE
 661 HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST
 662 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1
 663 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2
 664 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1
 665 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2
 666 HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB
 667 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1
 668 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2
 669 HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST
 670 HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE
 671 HT_WINDOW_INSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_INSIDE
 672 HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR
 673 HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR
 674 HT_WINDOW_CORNER = _core_.HT_WINDOW_CORNER
 675 HT_MAX = _core_.HT_MAX
 676 MOD_NONE = _core_.MOD_NONE
 677 MOD_ALT = _core_.MOD_ALT
 678 MOD_CONTROL = _core_.MOD_CONTROL
 679 MOD_ALTGR = _core_.MOD_ALTGR
 680 MOD_SHIFT = _core_.MOD_SHIFT
 681 MOD_META = _core_.MOD_META
 682 MOD_WIN = _core_.MOD_WIN
 683 MOD_CMD = _core_.MOD_CMD
 684 MOD_ALL = _core_.MOD_ALL
 685 UPDATE_UI_NONE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_NONE
 686 UPDATE_UI_RECURSE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_RECURSE
 687 UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE
 688 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 689
 690 class Object(object):
 691     """
 692     The base class for most wx objects, although in wxPython not
 693     much functionality is needed nor exposed.
 694     """
 695     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 696     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
 697     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 698     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
 699         """
 700         GetClassName(self) -> String
 701
 702         Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI.
 703         """
 704         return _core_.Object_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
 705
 706     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
 707         """
 708         Destroy(self)
 709
 710         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
 711         """
 712         val = _core_.Object_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
 713         args[0].thisown = 0
 714         return val
 715
 716 _core_.Object_swigregister(Object)
 717 _wxPySetDictionary = _core_._wxPySetDictionary
 718 cvar = _core_.cvar
 719 EmptyString = cvar.EmptyString
 720
 721 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 722
 723 BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID
 724 BITMAP_TYPE_BMP = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_BMP
 725 BITMAP_TYPE_ICO = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICO
 726 BITMAP_TYPE_CUR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_CUR
 727 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM
 728 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA
 729 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM
 730 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA
 731 BITMAP_TYPE_TIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_TIF
 732 BITMAP_TYPE_GIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_GIF
 733 BITMAP_TYPE_PNG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG
 734 BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG
 735 BITMAP_TYPE_PNM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNM
 736 BITMAP_TYPE_PCX = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PCX
 737 BITMAP_TYPE_PICT = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PICT
 738 BITMAP_TYPE_ICON = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICON
 739 BITMAP_TYPE_ANI = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANI
 740 BITMAP_TYPE_IFF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_IFF
 741 BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR
 742 BITMAP_TYPE_ANY = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANY
 743 CURSOR_NONE = _core_.CURSOR_NONE
 744 CURSOR_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_ARROW
 745 CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW
 746 CURSOR_BULLSEYE = _core_.CURSOR_BULLSEYE
 747 CURSOR_CHAR = _core_.CURSOR_CHAR
 748 CURSOR_CROSS = _core_.CURSOR_CROSS
 749 CURSOR_HAND = _core_.CURSOR_HAND
 750 CURSOR_IBEAM = _core_.CURSOR_IBEAM
 751 CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON
 752 CURSOR_MAGNIFIER = _core_.CURSOR_MAGNIFIER
 753 CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON
 754 CURSOR_NO_ENTRY = _core_.CURSOR_NO_ENTRY
 755 CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH = _core_.CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH
 756 CURSOR_PENCIL = _core_.CURSOR_PENCIL
 757 CURSOR_POINT_LEFT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_LEFT
 758 CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT
 759 CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW
 760 CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON
 761 CURSOR_SIZENESW = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENESW
 762 CURSOR_SIZENS = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENS
 763 CURSOR_SIZENWSE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENWSE
 764 CURSOR_SIZEWE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZEWE
 765 CURSOR_SIZING = _core_.CURSOR_SIZING
 766 CURSOR_SPRAYCAN = _core_.CURSOR_SPRAYCAN
 767 CURSOR_WAIT = _core_.CURSOR_WAIT
 768 CURSOR_WATCH = _core_.CURSOR_WATCH
 769 CURSOR_BLANK = _core_.CURSOR_BLANK
 770 CURSOR_DEFAULT = _core_.CURSOR_DEFAULT
 771 CURSOR_COPY_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_COPY_ARROW
 772 CURSOR_ARROWWAIT = _core_.CURSOR_ARROWWAIT
 773 CURSOR_MAX = _core_.CURSOR_MAX
 774 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 775
 776 class Size(object):
 777     """
 778     wx.Size is a useful data structure used to represent the size of
 779     something.  It simply contains integer width and height
 780     properties.  In most places in wxPython where a wx.Size is
 781     expected a (width, height) tuple can be used instead.
 782     """
 783     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 784     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 785     width = property(_core_.Size_width_get, _core_.Size_width_set)
 786     height = property(_core_.Size_height_get, _core_.Size_height_set)
 787     x = width; y = height
 788     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 789         """
 790         __init__(self, int w=0, int h=0) -> Size
 791
 792         Creates a size object.
 793         """
 794         _core_.Size_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Size(*args, **kwargs))
 795     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Size
 796     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 797     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 798         """
 799         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 800
 801         Test for equality of wx.Size objects.
 802         """
 803         return _core_.Size___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 804
 805     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 806         """
 807         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 808
 809         Test for inequality of wx.Size objects.
 810         """
 811         return _core_.Size___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 812
 813     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 814         """
 815         __add__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 816
 817         Add sz's proprties to this and return the result.
 818         """
 819         return _core_.Size___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 820
 821     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 822         """
 823         __sub__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 824
 825         Subtract sz's properties from this and return the result.
 826         """
 827         return _core_.Size___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 828
 829     def IncTo(*args, **kwargs):
 830         """
 831         IncTo(self, Size sz)
 832
 833         Increments this object so that both of its dimensions are not less
 834         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 835         """
 836         return _core_.Size_IncTo(*args, **kwargs)
 837
 838     def DecTo(*args, **kwargs):
 839         """
 840         DecTo(self, Size sz)
 841
 842         Decrements this object so that both of its dimensions are not greater
 843         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 844         """
 845         return _core_.Size_DecTo(*args, **kwargs)
 846
 847     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 848         """
 849         Set(self, int w, int h)
 850
 851         Set both width and height.
 852         """
 853         return _core_.Size_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 854
 855     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 856         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
 857         return _core_.Size_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 858
 859     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 860         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
 861         return _core_.Size_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 862
 863     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 864         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
 865         return _core_.Size_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 866
 867     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 868         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
 869         return _core_.Size_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 870
 871     def IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs):
 872         """
 873         IsFullySpecified(self) -> bool
 874
 875         Returns True if both components of the size are non-default values.
 876         """
 877         return _core_.Size_IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs)
 878
 879     def SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs):
 880         """
 881         SetDefaults(self, Size size)
 882
 883         Combine this size with the other one replacing the default components
 884         of this object (i.e. equal to -1) with those of the other.
 885         """
 886         return _core_.Size_SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs)
 887
 888     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 889         """
 890         Get() -> (width,height)
 891
 892         Returns the width and height properties as a tuple.
 893         """
 894         return _core_.Size_Get(*args, **kwargs)
 895
 896     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
 897     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
 898     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Size'+str(self.Get())
 899     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
 900     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
 901     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
 902         if index == 0: self.width = val
 903         elif index == 1: self.height = val
 904         else: raise IndexError
 905     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
 906     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
 907     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Size, self.Get())
 908
 909 _core_.Size_swigregister(Size)
 910
 911 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 912
 913 class RealPoint(object):
 914     """
 915     A data structure for representing a point or position with floating
 916     point x and y properties.  In wxPython most places that expect a
 917     wx.RealPoint can also accept a (x,y) tuple.
 918     """
 919     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 920     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 921     x = property(_core_.RealPoint_x_get, _core_.RealPoint_x_set)
 922     y = property(_core_.RealPoint_y_get, _core_.RealPoint_y_set)
 923     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 924         """
 925         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> RealPoint
 926
 927         Create a wx.RealPoint object
 928         """
 929         _core_.RealPoint_swiginit(self,_core_.new_RealPoint(*args, **kwargs))
 930     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_RealPoint
 931     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 932     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 933         """
 934         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 935
 936         Test for equality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 937         """
 938         return _core_.RealPoint___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 939
 940     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 941         """
 942         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 943
 944         Test for inequality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 945         """
 946         return _core_.RealPoint___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 947
 948     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 949         """
 950         __add__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 951
 952         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
 953         """
 954         return _core_.RealPoint___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 955
 956     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 957         """
 958         __sub__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 959
 960         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
 961         """
 962         return _core_.RealPoint___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 963
 964     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 965         """
 966         Set(self, double x, double y)
 967
 968         Set both the x and y properties
 969         """
 970         return _core_.RealPoint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 971
 972     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 973         """
 974         Get() -> (x,y)
 975
 976         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
 977         """
 978         return _core_.RealPoint_Get(*args, **kwargs)
 979
 980     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
 981     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
 982     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.RealPoint'+str(self.Get())
 983     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
 984     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
 985     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
 986         if index == 0: self.x = val
 987         elif index == 1: self.y = val
 988         else: raise IndexError
 989     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
 990     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
 991     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.RealPoint, self.Get())
 992
 993 _core_.RealPoint_swigregister(RealPoint)
 994
 995 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 996
 997 class Point(object):
 998     """
 999     A data structure for representing a point or position with integer x
1000     and y properties.  Most places in wxPython that expect a wx.Point can
1001     also accept a (x,y) tuple.
1002     """
1003     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1004     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1005     x = property(_core_.Point_x_get, _core_.Point_x_set)
1006     y = property(_core_.Point_y_get, _core_.Point_y_set)
1007     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1008         """
1009         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> Point
1010
1011         Create a wx.Point object
1012         """
1013         _core_.Point_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point(*args, **kwargs))
1014     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Point
1015     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1016     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1017         """
1018         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1019
1020         Test for equality of wx.Point objects.
1021         """
1022         return _core_.Point___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1023
1024     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1025         """
1026         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1027
1028         Test for inequality of wx.Point objects.
1029         """
1030         return _core_.Point___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1031
1032     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1033         """
1034         __add__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1035
1036         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
1037         """
1038         return _core_.Point___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1039
1040     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
1041         """
1042         __sub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1043
1044         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
1045         """
1046         return _core_.Point___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
1047
1048     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1049         """
1050         __iadd__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1051
1052         Add pt to this object.
1053         """
1054         return _core_.Point___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1055
1056     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1057         """
1058         __isub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1059
1060         Subtract pt from this object.
1061         """
1062         return _core_.Point___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1063
1064     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1065         """
1066         Set(self, long x, long y)
1067
1068         Set both the x and y properties
1069         """
1070         return _core_.Point_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1071
1072     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1073         """
1074         Get() -> (x,y)
1075
1076         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
1077         """
1078         return _core_.Point_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1079
1080     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1081     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1082     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point'+str(self.Get())
1083     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1084     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1085     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1086         if index == 0: self.x = val
1087         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1088         else: raise IndexError
1089     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
1090     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1091     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point, self.Get())
1092
1093 _core_.Point_swigregister(Point)
1094
1095 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1096
1097 class Rect(object):
1098     """
1099     A class for representing and manipulating rectangles.  It has x, y,
1100     width and height properties.  In wxPython most palces that expect a
1101     wx.Rect can also accept a (x,y,width,height) tuple.
1102     """
1103     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1104     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1105     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1106         """
1107         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0) -> Rect
1108
1109         Create a new Rect object.
1110         """
1111         _core_.Rect_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Rect(*args, **kwargs))
1112     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Rect
1113     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1114     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
1115         """GetX(self) -> int"""
1116         return _core_.Rect_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
1117
1118     def SetX(*args, **kwargs):
1119         """SetX(self, int x)"""
1120         return _core_.Rect_SetX(*args, **kwargs)
1121
1122     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
1123         """GetY(self) -> int"""
1124         return _core_.Rect_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
1125
1126     def SetY(*args, **kwargs):
1127         """SetY(self, int y)"""
1128         return _core_.Rect_SetY(*args, **kwargs)
1129
1130     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1131         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
1132         return _core_.Rect_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1133
1134     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1135         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
1136         return _core_.Rect_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1137
1138     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1139         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
1140         return _core_.Rect_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1141
1142     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1143         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
1144         return _core_.Rect_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1145
1146     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1147         """GetPosition(self) -> Point"""
1148         return _core_.Rect_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1149
1150     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1151         """SetPosition(self, Point p)"""
1152         return _core_.Rect_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1153
1154     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1155         """GetSize(self) -> Size"""
1156         return _core_.Rect_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1157
1158     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1159         """SetSize(self, Size s)"""
1160         return _core_.Rect_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1161
1162     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
1163         """IsEmpty(self) -> bool"""
1164         return _core_.Rect_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
1165
1166     def GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1167         """GetTopLeft(self) -> Point"""
1168         return _core_.Rect_GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1169
1170     def SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1171         """SetTopLeft(self, Point p)"""
1172         return _core_.Rect_SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1173
1174     def GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1175         """GetBottomRight(self) -> Point"""
1176         return _core_.Rect_GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1177
1178     def SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1179         """SetBottomRight(self, Point p)"""
1180         return _core_.Rect_SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1181
1182     def GetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1183         """GetLeft(self) -> int"""
1184         return _core_.Rect_GetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1185
1186     def GetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1187         """GetTop(self) -> int"""
1188         return _core_.Rect_GetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1189
1190     def GetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1191         """GetBottom(self) -> int"""
1192         return _core_.Rect_GetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1193
1194     def GetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1195         """GetRight(self) -> int"""
1196         return _core_.Rect_GetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1197
1198     def SetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1199         """SetLeft(self, int left)"""
1200         return _core_.Rect_SetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1201
1202     def SetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1203         """SetRight(self, int right)"""
1204         return _core_.Rect_SetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1205
1206     def SetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1207         """SetTop(self, int top)"""
1208         return _core_.Rect_SetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1209
1210     def SetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1211         """SetBottom(self, int bottom)"""
1212         return _core_.Rect_SetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1213
1214     position = property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
1215     size = property(GetSize, SetSize)
1216     left = property(GetLeft, SetLeft)
1217     right = property(GetRight, SetRight)
1218     top = property(GetTop, SetTop)
1219     bottom = property(GetBottom, SetBottom)
1220
1221     def Inflate(*args, **kwargs):
1222         """
1223         Inflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1224
1225         Increases the size of the rectangle.
1226
1227         The left border is moved farther left and the right border is moved
1228         farther right by ``dx``. The upper border is moved farther up and the
1229         bottom border is moved farther down by ``dy``. (Note the the width and
1230         height of the rectangle thus change by ``2*dx`` and ``2*dy``,
1231         respectively.) If one or both of ``dx`` and ``dy`` are negative, the
1232         opposite happens: the rectangle size decreases in the respective
1233         direction.
1234
1235         The change is made to the rectangle inplace, if instead you need a
1236         copy that is inflated, preserving the original then make the copy
1237         first::
1238
1239             copy = wx.Rect(*original)
1240             copy.Inflate(10,15)
1241
1242
1243         """
1244         return _core_.Rect_Inflate(*args, **kwargs)
1245
1246     def Deflate(*args, **kwargs):
1247         """
1248         Deflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1249
1250         Decrease the rectangle size. This method is the opposite of `Inflate`
1251         in that Deflate(a,b) is equivalent to Inflate(-a,-b).  Please refer to
1252         `Inflate` for a full description.
1253         """
1254         return _core_.Rect_Deflate(*args, **kwargs)
1255
1256     def OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs):
1257         """
1258         OffsetXY(self, int dx, int dy)
1259
1260         Moves the rectangle by the specified offset. If dx is positive, the
1261         rectangle is moved to the right, if dy is positive, it is moved to the
1262         bottom, otherwise it is moved to the left or top respectively.
1263         """
1264         return _core_.Rect_OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs)
1265
1266     def Offset(*args, **kwargs):
1267         """
1268         Offset(self, Point pt)
1269
1270         Same as `OffsetXY` but uses dx,dy from Point
1271         """
1272         return _core_.Rect_Offset(*args, **kwargs)
1273
1274     def Intersect(*args, **kwargs):
1275         """
1276         Intersect(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1277
1278         Returns the intersectsion of this rectangle and rect.
1279         """
1280         return _core_.Rect_Intersect(*args, **kwargs)
1281
1282     def Union(*args, **kwargs):
1283         """
1284         Union(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1285
1286         Returns the union of this rectangle and rect.
1287         """
1288         return _core_.Rect_Union(*args, **kwargs)
1289
1290     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1291         """
1292         __add__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1293
1294         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle and return the result.
1295         """
1296         return _core_.Rect___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1297
1298     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1299         """
1300         __iadd__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1301
1302         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle, updating this rectangle.
1303         """
1304         return _core_.Rect___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1305
1306     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1307         """
1308         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1309
1310         Test for equality of wx.Rect objects.
1311         """
1312         return _core_.Rect___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1313
1314     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1315         """
1316         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1317
1318         Test for inequality of wx.Rect objects.
1319         """
1320         return _core_.Rect___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1321
1322     def InsideXY(*args, **kwargs):
1323         """
1324         InsideXY(self, int x, int y) -> bool
1325
1326         Return True if the point is (not strcitly) inside the rect.
1327         """
1328         return _core_.Rect_InsideXY(*args, **kwargs)
1329
1330     def Inside(*args, **kwargs):
1331         """
1332         Inside(self, Point pt) -> bool
1333
1334         Return True if the point is (not strcitly) inside the rect.
1335         """
1336         return _core_.Rect_Inside(*args, **kwargs)
1337
1338     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
1339         """
1340         Intersects(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1341
1342         Returns True if the rectangles have a non empty intersection.
1343         """
1344         return _core_.Rect_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
1345
1346     def CenterIn(*args, **kwargs):
1347         """
1348         CenterIn(self, Rect r, int dir=BOTH) -> Rect
1349
1350         Center this rectangle within the one passed to the method, which is
1351         usually, but not necessarily, the larger one.
1352         """
1353         return _core_.Rect_CenterIn(*args, **kwargs)
1354
1355     CentreIn = CenterIn
1356     x = property(_core_.Rect_x_get, _core_.Rect_x_set)
1357     y = property(_core_.Rect_y_get, _core_.Rect_y_set)
1358     width = property(_core_.Rect_width_get, _core_.Rect_width_set)
1359     height = property(_core_.Rect_height_get, _core_.Rect_height_set)
1360     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1361         """
1362         Set(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0)
1363
1364         Set all rectangle properties.
1365         """
1366         return _core_.Rect_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1367
1368     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1369         """
1370         Get() -> (x,y,width,height)
1371
1372         Return the rectangle properties as a tuple.
1373         """
1374         return _core_.Rect_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1375
1376     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1377     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1378     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Rect'+str(self.Get())
1379     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1380     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1381     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1382         if index == 0: self.x = val
1383         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1384         elif index == 2: self.width = val
1385         elif index == 3: self.height = val
1386         else: raise IndexError
1387     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0,0,0)
1388     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1389     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Rect, self.Get())
1390
1391 _core_.Rect_swigregister(Rect)
1392
1393 def RectPP(*args, **kwargs):
1394     """
1395     RectPP(Point topLeft, Point bottomRight) -> Rect
1396
1397     Create a new Rect object from Points representing two corners.
1398     """
1399     val = _core_.new_RectPP(*args, **kwargs)
1400     return val
1401
1402 def RectPS(*args, **kwargs):
1403     """
1404     RectPS(Point pos, Size size) -> Rect
1405
1406     Create a new Rect from a position and size.
1407     """
1408     val = _core_.new_RectPS(*args, **kwargs)
1409     return val
1410
1411 def RectS(*args, **kwargs):
1412     """
1413     RectS(Size size) -> Rect
1414
1415     Create a new Rect from a size only.
1416     """
1417     val = _core_.new_RectS(*args, **kwargs)
1418     return val
1419
1420
1421 def IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs):
1422   """
1423     IntersectRect(Rect r1, Rect r2) -> Rect
1424
1425     Calculate and return the intersection of r1 and r2.
1426     """
1427   return _core_.IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs)
1428 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1429
1430 class Point2D(object):
1431     """
1432     wx.Point2Ds represent a point or a vector in a 2d coordinate system
1433     with floating point values.
1434     """
1435     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1436     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1437     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1438         """
1439         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> Point2D
1440
1441         Create a w.Point2D object.
1442         """
1443         _core_.Point2D_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point2D(*args, **kwargs))
1444     def GetFloor(*args, **kwargs):
1445         """
1446         GetFloor() -> (x,y)
1447
1448         Convert to integer
1449         """
1450         return _core_.Point2D_GetFloor(*args, **kwargs)
1451
1452     def GetRounded(*args, **kwargs):
1453         """
1454         GetRounded() -> (x,y)
1455
1456         Convert to integer
1457         """
1458         return _core_.Point2D_GetRounded(*args, **kwargs)
1459
1460     def GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1461         """GetVectorLength(self) -> double"""
1462         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1463
1464     def GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1465         """GetVectorAngle(self) -> double"""
1466         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1467
1468     def SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1469         """SetVectorLength(self, double length)"""
1470         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1471
1472     def SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1473         """SetVectorAngle(self, double degrees)"""
1474         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1475
1476     def SetPolarCoordinates(self, angle, length):
1477         self.SetVectorLength(length)
1478         self.SetVectorAngle(angle)
1479     def Normalize(self):
1480         self.SetVectorLength(1.0)
1481
1482     def GetDistance(*args, **kwargs):
1483         """GetDistance(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1484         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistance(*args, **kwargs)
1485
1486     def GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs):
1487         """GetDistanceSquare(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1488         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs)
1489
1490     def GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1491         """GetDotProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1492         return _core_.Point2D_GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1493
1494     def GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1495         """GetCrossProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1496         return _core_.Point2D_GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1497
1498     def __neg__(*args, **kwargs):
1499         """
1500         __neg__(self) -> Point2D
1501
1502         the reflection of this point
1503         """
1504         return _core_.Point2D___neg__(*args, **kwargs)
1505
1506     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1507         """__iadd__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1508         return _core_.Point2D___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1509
1510     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1511         """__isub__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1512         return _core_.Point2D___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1513
1514     def __imul__(*args, **kwargs):
1515         """__imul__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1516         return _core_.Point2D___imul__(*args, **kwargs)
1517
1518     def __idiv__(*args, **kwargs):
1519         """__idiv__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1520         return _core_.Point2D___idiv__(*args, **kwargs)
1521
1522     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1523         """
1524         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1525
1526         Test for equality of wx.Point2D objects.
1527         """
1528         return _core_.Point2D___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1529
1530     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1531         """
1532         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1533
1534         Test for inequality of wx.Point2D objects.
1535         """
1536         return _core_.Point2D___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1537
1538     x = property(_core_.Point2D_x_get, _core_.Point2D_x_set)
1539     y = property(_core_.Point2D_y_get, _core_.Point2D_y_set)
1540     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1541         """Set(self, double x=0, double y=0)"""
1542         return _core_.Point2D_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1543
1544     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1545         """
1546         Get() -> (x,y)
1547
1548         Return x and y properties as a tuple.
1549         """
1550         return _core_.Point2D_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1551
1552     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1553     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1554     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point2D'+str(self.Get())
1555     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1556     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1557     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1558         if index == 0: self.x = val
1559         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1560         else: raise IndexError
1561     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
1562     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1563     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point2D, self.Get())
1564
1565 _core_.Point2D_swigregister(Point2D)
1566
1567 def Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs):
1568     """
1569     Point2DCopy(Point2D pt) -> Point2D
1570
1571     Create a w.Point2D object.
1572     """
1573     val = _core_.new_Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs)
1574     return val
1575
1576 def Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs):
1577     """
1578     Point2DFromPoint(Point pt) -> Point2D
1579
1580     Create a w.Point2D object.
1581     """
1582     val = _core_.new_Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs)
1583     return val
1584
1585 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1586
1587 FromStart = _core_.FromStart
1588 FromCurrent = _core_.FromCurrent
1589 FromEnd = _core_.FromEnd
1590 class InputStream(object):
1591     """Proxy of C++ InputStream class"""
1592     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1593     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1594     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1595         """__init__(self, PyObject p) -> InputStream"""
1596         _core_.InputStream_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InputStream(*args, **kwargs))
1597     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_InputStream
1598     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1599     def close(*args, **kwargs):
1600         """close(self)"""
1601         return _core_.InputStream_close(*args, **kwargs)
1602
1603     def flush(*args, **kwargs):
1604         """flush(self)"""
1605         return _core_.InputStream_flush(*args, **kwargs)
1606
1607     def eof(*args, **kwargs):
1608         """eof(self) -> bool"""
1609         return _core_.InputStream_eof(*args, **kwargs)
1610
1611     def read(*args, **kwargs):
1612         """read(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1613         return _core_.InputStream_read(*args, **kwargs)
1614
1615     def readline(*args, **kwargs):
1616         """readline(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1617         return _core_.InputStream_readline(*args, **kwargs)
1618
1619     def readlines(*args, **kwargs):
1620         """readlines(self, int sizehint=-1) -> PyObject"""
1621         return _core_.InputStream_readlines(*args, **kwargs)
1622
1623     def seek(*args, **kwargs):
1624         """seek(self, int offset, int whence=0)"""
1625         return _core_.InputStream_seek(*args, **kwargs)
1626
1627     def tell(*args, **kwargs):
1628         """tell(self) -> int"""
1629         return _core_.InputStream_tell(*args, **kwargs)
1630
1631     def Peek(*args, **kwargs):
1632         """Peek(self) -> char"""
1633         return _core_.InputStream_Peek(*args, **kwargs)
1634
1635     def GetC(*args, **kwargs):
1636         """GetC(self) -> char"""
1637         return _core_.InputStream_GetC(*args, **kwargs)
1638
1639     def LastRead(*args, **kwargs):
1640         """LastRead(self) -> size_t"""
1641         return _core_.InputStream_LastRead(*args, **kwargs)
1642
1643     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
1644         """CanRead(self) -> bool"""
1645         return _core_.InputStream_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
1646
1647     def Eof(*args, **kwargs):
1648         """Eof(self) -> bool"""
1649         return _core_.InputStream_Eof(*args, **kwargs)
1650
1651     def Ungetch(*args, **kwargs):
1652         """Ungetch(self, char c) -> bool"""
1653         return _core_.InputStream_Ungetch(*args, **kwargs)
1654
1655     def SeekI(*args, **kwargs):
1656         """SeekI(self, long pos, int mode=FromStart) -> long"""
1657         return _core_.InputStream_SeekI(*args, **kwargs)
1658
1659     def TellI(*args, **kwargs):
1660         """TellI(self) -> long"""
1661         return _core_.InputStream_TellI(*args, **kwargs)
1662
1663 _core_.InputStream_swigregister(InputStream)
1664 DefaultPosition = cvar.DefaultPosition
1665 DefaultSize = cvar.DefaultSize
1666
1667 class OutputStream(object):
1668     """Proxy of C++ OutputStream class"""
1669     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1670     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1671     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1672     def write(*args, **kwargs):
1673         """write(self, PyObject obj)"""
1674         return _core_.OutputStream_write(*args, **kwargs)
1675
1676     def LastWrite(*args, **kwargs):
1677         """LastWrite(self) -> size_t"""
1678         return _core_.OutputStream_LastWrite(*args, **kwargs)
1679
1680 _core_.OutputStream_swigregister(OutputStream)
1681
1682 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1683
1684 class FSFile(Object):
1685     """Proxy of C++ FSFile class"""
1686     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1687     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1688     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1689         """
1690         __init__(self, InputStream stream, String loc, String mimetype, String anchor,
1691             DateTime modif) -> FSFile
1692         """
1693         _core_.FSFile_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FSFile(*args, **kwargs))
1694     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FSFile
1695     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1696     def GetStream(*args, **kwargs):
1697         """GetStream(self) -> InputStream"""
1698         return _core_.FSFile_GetStream(*args, **kwargs)
1699
1700     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
1701         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
1702         return _core_.FSFile_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
1703
1704     def GetLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1705         """GetLocation(self) -> String"""
1706         return _core_.FSFile_GetLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1707
1708     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
1709         """GetAnchor(self) -> String"""
1710         return _core_.FSFile_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
1711
1712     def GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs):
1713         """GetModificationTime(self) -> DateTime"""
1714         return _core_.FSFile_GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs)
1715
1716 _core_.FSFile_swigregister(FSFile)
1717
1718 class CPPFileSystemHandler(object):
1719     """Proxy of C++ CPPFileSystemHandler class"""
1720     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1721     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1722     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1723     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_CPPFileSystemHandler
1724     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1725 _core_.CPPFileSystemHandler_swigregister(CPPFileSystemHandler)
1726
1727 class FileSystemHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1728     """Proxy of C++ FileSystemHandler class"""
1729     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1730     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1731     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1732         """__init__(self) -> FileSystemHandler"""
1733         _core_.FileSystemHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystemHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1734         self._setCallbackInfo(self, FileSystemHandler)
1735
1736     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
1737         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
1738         return _core_.FileSystemHandler__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
1739
1740     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1741         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1742         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1743
1744     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1745         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1746         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1747
1748     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1749         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1750         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1751
1752     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1753         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1754         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1755
1756     def GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs):
1757         """GetProtocol(self, String location) -> String"""
1758         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs)
1759
1760     def GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1761         """GetLeftLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
1762         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1763
1764     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
1765         """GetAnchor(self, String location) -> String"""
1766         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
1767
1768     def GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1769         """GetRightLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
1770         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1771
1772     def GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs):
1773         """GetMimeTypeFromExt(self, String location) -> String"""
1774         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs)
1775
1776 _core_.FileSystemHandler_swigregister(FileSystemHandler)
1777
1778 class FileSystem(Object):
1779     """Proxy of C++ FileSystem class"""
1780     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1781     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1782     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1783         """__init__(self) -> FileSystem"""
1784         _core_.FileSystem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystem(*args, **kwargs))
1785     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FileSystem
1786     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1787     def ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs):
1788         """ChangePathTo(self, String location, bool is_dir=False)"""
1789         return _core_.FileSystem_ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs)
1790
1791     def GetPath(*args, **kwargs):
1792         """GetPath(self) -> String"""
1793         return _core_.FileSystem_GetPath(*args, **kwargs)
1794
1795     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1796         """OpenFile(self, String location) -> FSFile"""
1797         return _core_.FileSystem_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1798
1799     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1800         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1801         return _core_.FileSystem_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1802
1803     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1804         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1805         return _core_.FileSystem_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1806
1807     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1808         """AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
1809         return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1810
1811     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
1812     def CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
1813         """CleanUpHandlers()"""
1814         return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
1815
1816     CleanUpHandlers = staticmethod(CleanUpHandlers)
1817     def FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
1818         """FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
1819         return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
1820
1821     FileNameToURL = staticmethod(FileNameToURL)
1822     def URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
1823         """URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
1824         return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
1825
1826     URLToFileName = staticmethod(URLToFileName)
1827 _core_.FileSystem_swigregister(FileSystem)
1828
1829 def FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1830   """FileSystem_AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
1831   return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1832
1833 def FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args):
1834   """FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers()"""
1835   return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args)
1836
1837 def FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
1838   """FileSystem_FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
1839   return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
1840
1841 def FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
1842   """FileSystem_URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
1843   return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
1844
1845 class InternetFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1846     """Proxy of C++ InternetFSHandler class"""
1847     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1848     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1849     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1850         """__init__(self) -> InternetFSHandler"""
1851         _core_.InternetFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InternetFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1852     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1853         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1854         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1855
1856     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1857         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1858         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1859
1860 _core_.InternetFSHandler_swigregister(InternetFSHandler)
1861
1862 class ZipFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1863     """Proxy of C++ ZipFSHandler class"""
1864     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1865     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1866     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1867         """__init__(self) -> ZipFSHandler"""
1868         _core_.ZipFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ZipFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1869     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1870         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1871         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1872
1873     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1874         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1875         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1876
1877     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1878         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1879         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1880
1881     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1882         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1883         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1884
1885 _core_.ZipFSHandler_swigregister(ZipFSHandler)
1886
1887
1888 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs):
1889   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(String filename, Image image, long type)"""
1890   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs)
1891
1892 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
1893   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(String filename, Bitmap bitmap, long type)"""
1894   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
1895
1896 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs):
1897   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(String filename, PyObject data)"""
1898   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs)
1899 def MemoryFSHandler_AddFile(filename, dataItem, imgType=-1):
1900     """
1901     Add 'file' to the memory filesystem.  The dataItem parameter can
1902     either be a `wx.Bitmap`, `wx.Image` or a string that can contain
1903     arbitrary data.  If a bitmap or image is used then the imgType
1904     parameter should specify what kind of image file it should be
1905     written as, wx.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG, etc.
1906     """
1907     if isinstance(dataItem, wx.Image):
1908         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(filename, dataItem, imgType)
1909     elif isinstance(dataItem, wx.Bitmap):
1910         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(filename, dataItem, imgType)
1911     elif type(dataItem) == str:
1912         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(filename, dataItem)
1913     else:
1914         raise TypeError, 'wx.Image, wx.Bitmap or string expected'
1915
1916 class MemoryFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1917     """Proxy of C++ MemoryFSHandler class"""
1918     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1919     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1920     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1921         """__init__(self) -> MemoryFSHandler"""
1922         _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MemoryFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1923     def RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
1924         """RemoveFile(String filename)"""
1925         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
1926
1927     RemoveFile = staticmethod(RemoveFile)
1928     AddFile = staticmethod(MemoryFSHandler_AddFile)
1929     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1930         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1931         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1932
1933     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1934         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1935         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1936
1937     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1938         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1939         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1940
1941     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1942         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1943         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1944
1945 _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swigregister(MemoryFSHandler)
1946
1947 def MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
1948   """MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(String filename)"""
1949   return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
1950
1951 IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT
1952 IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD
1953 IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE
1954 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1955
1956 class ImageHandler(Object):
1957     """
1958     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
1959     image creation from data. It is used within `wx.Image` and is not
1960     normally seen by the application.
1961     """
1962     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1963     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1964     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1965     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
1966         """GetName(self) -> String"""
1967         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
1968
1969     def GetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
1970         """GetExtension(self) -> String"""
1971         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
1972
1973     def GetType(*args, **kwargs):
1974         """GetType(self) -> long"""
1975         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetType(*args, **kwargs)
1976
1977     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
1978         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
1979         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
1980
1981     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
1982         """CanRead(self, String name) -> bool"""
1983         return _core_.ImageHandler_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
1984
1985     def CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
1986         """CanReadStream(self, InputStream stream) -> bool"""
1987         return _core_.ImageHandler_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
1988
1989     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
1990         """SetName(self, String name)"""
1991         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
1992
1993     def SetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
1994         """SetExtension(self, String extension)"""
1995         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
1996
1997     def SetType(*args, **kwargs):
1998         """SetType(self, long type)"""
1999         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetType(*args, **kwargs)
2000
2001     def SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
2002         """SetMimeType(self, String mimetype)"""
2003         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2004
2005 _core_.ImageHandler_swigregister(ImageHandler)
2006
2007 class PyImageHandler(ImageHandler):
2008     """
2009     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2010     image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2011     image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2012     the following methods::
2013
2014         def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2015             '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2016
2017         def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2018             '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2019
2020         def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2021             '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2022                this handler's image file format.'''
2023
2024         def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2025             '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2026                how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2027
2028     To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2029     `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2030     `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2031
2032     """
2033     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2034     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2035     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2036         """
2037         __init__(self) -> PyImageHandler
2038
2039         This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2040         image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2041         image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2042         the following methods::
2043
2044             def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2045                 '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2046
2047             def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2048                 '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2049
2050             def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2051                 '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2052                    this handler's image file format.'''
2053
2054             def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2055                 '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2056                    how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2057
2058         To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2059         `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2060         `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2061
2062         """
2063         _core_.PyImageHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyImageHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2064         self._SetSelf(self)
2065
2066     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
2067         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
2068         return _core_.PyImageHandler__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
2069
2070 _core_.PyImageHandler_swigregister(PyImageHandler)
2071
2072 class ImageHistogram(object):
2073     """Proxy of C++ ImageHistogram class"""
2074     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2075     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2076     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2077         """__init__(self) -> ImageHistogram"""
2078         _core_.ImageHistogram_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ImageHistogram(*args, **kwargs))
2079     def MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2080         """
2081         MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2082
2083         Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2084         """
2085         return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2086
2087     MakeKey = staticmethod(MakeKey)
2088     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2089         """
2090         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2091
2092         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2093         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2094         success flag and rgb values.
2095         """
2096         return _core_.ImageHistogram_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2097
2098     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
2099         """
2100         GetCount(self, unsigned long key) -> unsigned long
2101
2102         Returns the pixel count for the given key.  Use `MakeKey` to create a
2103         key value from a RGB tripple.
2104         """
2105         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
2106
2107     def GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2108         """
2109         GetCountRGB(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2110
2111         Returns the pixel count for the given RGB values.
2112         """
2113         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2114
2115     def GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs):
2116         """
2117         GetCountColour(self, Colour colour) -> unsigned long
2118
2119         Returns the pixel count for the given `wx.Colour` value.
2120         """
2121         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs)
2122
2123 _core_.ImageHistogram_swigregister(ImageHistogram)
2124
2125 def ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2126   """
2127     ImageHistogram_MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2128
2129     Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2130     """
2131   return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2132
2133 class Image_RGBValue(object):
2134     """
2135     An object that contains values for red, green and blue which represent
2136     the value of a color. It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2137     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which converts between HSV color space and RGB
2138     color space.
2139     """
2140     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2141     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2142     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2143         """
2144         __init__(self, byte r=0, byte g=0, byte b=0) -> Image_RGBValue
2145
2146         Constructor.
2147         """
2148         _core_.Image_RGBValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_RGBValue(*args, **kwargs))
2149     red = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_red_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_red_set)
2150     green = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_green_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_green_set)
2151     blue = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_set)
2152 _core_.Image_RGBValue_swigregister(Image_RGBValue)
2153
2154 class Image_HSVValue(object):
2155     """
2156     An object that contains values for hue, saturation and value which
2157     represent the value of a color.  It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2158     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which +converts between HSV color space and RGB
2159     color space.
2160     """
2161     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2162     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2163     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2164         """
2165         __init__(self, double h=0.0, double s=0.0, double v=0.0) -> Image_HSVValue
2166
2167         Constructor.
2168         """
2169         _core_.Image_HSVValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_HSVValue(*args, **kwargs))
2170     hue = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_set)
2171     saturation = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_set)
2172     value = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_value_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_value_set)
2173 _core_.Image_HSVValue_swigregister(Image_HSVValue)
2174
2175 class Image(Object):
2176     """
2177     A platform-independent image class.  An image can be created from
2178     data, or using `wx.Bitmap.ConvertToImage`, or loaded from a file in a
2179     variety of formats.  Functions are available to set and get image
2180     bits, so it can be used for basic image manipulation.
2181
2182     A wx.Image cannot be drawn directly to a `wx.DC`.  Instead, a
2183     platform-specific `wx.Bitmap` object must be created from it using the
2184     `wx.BitmapFromImage` constructor. This bitmap can then be drawn in a
2185     device context, using `wx.DC.DrawBitmap`.
2186
2187     One colour value of the image may be used as a mask colour which will
2188     lead to the automatic creation of a `wx.Mask` object associated to the
2189     bitmap object.
2190
2191     wx.Image supports alpha channel data, that is in addition to a byte
2192     for the red, green and blue colour components for each pixel it also
2193     stores a byte representing the pixel opacity. An alpha value of 0
2194     corresponds to a transparent pixel (null opacity) while a value of 255
2195     means that the pixel is 100% opaque.
2196
2197     Unlike RGB data, not all images have an alpha channel and before using
2198     `GetAlpha` you should check if this image contains an alpha channel
2199     with `HasAlpha`. Note that currently only images loaded from PNG files
2200     with transparency information will have an alpha channel.
2201     """
2202     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2203     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2204     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2205         """
2206         __init__(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
2207
2208         Loads an image from a file.
2209         """
2210         _core_.Image_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image(*args, **kwargs))
2211     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Image
2212     __del__ = lambda self : None;
2213     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
2214         """
2215         Create(self, int width, int height, bool clear=True)
2216
2217         Creates a fresh image.  If clear is ``True``, the new image will be
2218         initialized to black. Otherwise, the image data will be uninitialized.
2219         """
2220         return _core_.Image_Create(*args, **kwargs)
2221
2222     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
2223         """
2224         Destroy(self)
2225
2226         Destroys the image data.
2227         """
2228         val = _core_.Image_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
2229         args[0].thisown = 0
2230         return val
2231
2232     def Scale(*args, **kwargs):
2233         """
2234         Scale(self, int width, int height) -> Image
2235
2236         Returns a scaled version of the image. This is also useful for scaling
2237         bitmaps in general as the only other way to scale bitmaps is to blit a
2238         `wx.MemoryDC` into another `wx.MemoryDC`.
2239         """
2240         return _core_.Image_Scale(*args, **kwargs)
2241
2242     def ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs):
2243         """
2244         ShrinkBy(self, int xFactor, int yFactor) -> Image
2245
2246         Return a version of the image scaled smaller by the given factors.
2247         """
2248         return _core_.Image_ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs)
2249
2250     def Rescale(*args, **kwargs):
2251         """
2252         Rescale(self, int width, int height) -> Image
2253
2254         Changes the size of the image in-place by scaling it: after a call to
2255         this function, the image will have the given width and height.
2256
2257         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2258         """
2259         return _core_.Image_Rescale(*args, **kwargs)
2260
2261     def Resize(*args, **kwargs):
2262         """
2263         Resize(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2264
2265         Changes the size of the image in-place without scaling it, by adding
2266         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2267         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2268         colour at the position pos relative to the upper left of the new
2269         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2270         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2271         newly exposed areas.
2272
2273         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2274         """
2275         return _core_.Image_Resize(*args, **kwargs)
2276
2277     def SetRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2278         """
2279         SetRGB(self, int x, int y, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2280
2281         Sets the pixel at the given coordinate. This routine performs
2282         bounds-checks for the coordinate so it can be considered a safe way to
2283         manipulate the data, but in some cases this might be too slow so that
2284         the data will have to be set directly. In that case you will have to
2285         get access to the image data using the `GetData` method.
2286         """
2287         return _core_.Image_SetRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2288
2289     def SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs):
2290         """
2291         SetRGBRect(self, Rect rect, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2292
2293         Sets the colour of the pixels within the given rectangle. This routine
2294         performs bounds-checks for the rectangle so it can be considered a
2295         safe way to manipulate the data.
2296         """
2297         return _core_.Image_SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs)
2298
2299     def GetRed(*args, **kwargs):
2300         """
2301         GetRed(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2302
2303         Returns the red intensity at the given coordinate.
2304         """
2305         return _core_.Image_GetRed(*args, **kwargs)
2306
2307     def GetGreen(*args, **kwargs):
2308         """
2309         GetGreen(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2310
2311         Returns the green intensity at the given coordinate.
2312         """
2313         return _core_.Image_GetGreen(*args, **kwargs)
2314
2315     def GetBlue(*args, **kwargs):
2316         """
2317         GetBlue(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2318
2319         Returns the blue intensity at the given coordinate.
2320         """
2321         return _core_.Image_GetBlue(*args, **kwargs)
2322
2323     def SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2324         """
2325         SetAlpha(self, int x, int y, byte alpha)
2326
2327         Sets the alpha value for the given pixel. This function should only be
2328         called if the image has alpha channel data, use `HasAlpha` to check
2329         for this.
2330         """
2331         return _core_.Image_SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2332
2333     def GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2334         """
2335         GetAlpha(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2336
2337         Returns the alpha value for the given pixel. This function may only be
2338         called for the images with alpha channel, use `HasAlpha` to check for
2339         this.
2340
2341         The returned value is the *opacity* of the image, i.e. the value of 0
2342         corresponds to the fully transparent pixels while the value of 255 to
2343         the fully opaque pixels.
2344         """
2345         return _core_.Image_GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2346
2347     def HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2348         """
2349         HasAlpha(self) -> bool
2350
2351         Returns true if this image has alpha channel, false otherwise.
2352         """
2353         return _core_.Image_HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2354
2355     def InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2356         """
2357         InitAlpha(self)
2358
2359         Initializes the image alpha channel data. It is an error to call it if
2360         the image already has alpha data. If it doesn't, alpha data will be by
2361         default initialized to all pixels being fully opaque. But if the image
2362         has a a mask colour, all mask pixels will be completely transparent.
2363         """
2364         return _core_.Image_InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2365
2366     def IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
2367         """
2368         IsTransparent(self, int x, int y, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2369
2370         Returns ``True`` if this pixel is masked or has an alpha value less
2371         than the spcified threshold.
2372         """
2373         return _core_.Image_IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
2374
2375     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2376         """
2377         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2378
2379         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2380         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2381         success flag and rgb values.
2382         """
2383         return _core_.Image_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2384
2385     def ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs):
2386         """
2387         ConvertAlphaToMask(self, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2388
2389         If the image has alpha channel, this method converts it to mask. All
2390         pixels with alpha value less than ``threshold`` are replaced with the
2391         mask colour and the alpha channel is removed. The mask colour is
2392         chosen automatically using `FindFirstUnusedColour`.
2393
2394         If the image image doesn't have alpha channel, ConvertAlphaToMask does
2395         nothing.
2396         """
2397         return _core_.Image_ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs)
2398
2399     def ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2400         """
2401         ConvertColourToAlpha(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> bool
2402
2403         This method converts an image where the original alpha information is
2404         only available as a shades of a colour (actually shades of grey)
2405         typically when you draw anti-aliased text into a bitmap. The DC
2406         drawing routines draw grey values on the black background although
2407         they actually mean to draw white with differnt alpha values.  This
2408         method reverses it, assuming a black (!) background and white text.
2409         The method will then fill up the whole image with the colour given.
2410         """
2411         return _core_.Image_ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2412
2413     def SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs):
2414         """
2415         SetMaskFromImage(self, Image mask, byte mr, byte mg, byte mb) -> bool
2416
2417         Sets the image's mask so that the pixels that have RGB value of
2418         ``(mr,mg,mb)`` in ``mask`` will be masked in this image. This is done
2419         by first finding an unused colour in the image, setting this colour as
2420         the mask colour and then using this colour to draw all pixels in the
2421         image who corresponding pixel in mask has given RGB value.
2422
2423         Returns ``False`` if ``mask`` does not have same dimensions as the
2424         image or if there is no unused colour left. Returns ``True`` if the
2425         mask was successfully applied.
2426
2427         Note that this method involves computing the histogram, which is
2428         computationally intensive operation.
2429         """
2430         return _core_.Image_SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs)
2431
2432     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2433         """
2434         CanRead(String filename) -> bool
2435
2436         Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
2437         """
2438         return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2439
2440     CanRead = staticmethod(CanRead)
2441     def GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
2442         """
2443         GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
2444
2445         If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
2446         is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
2447         the number of available images.
2448         """
2449         return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
2450
2451     GetImageCount = staticmethod(GetImageCount)
2452     def LoadFile(*args, **kwargs):
2453         """
2454         LoadFile(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2455
2456         Loads an image from a file. If no handler type is provided, the
2457         library will try to autodetect the format.
2458         """
2459         return _core_.Image_LoadFile(*args, **kwargs)
2460
2461     def LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2462         """
2463         LoadMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2464
2465         Loads an image from a file, specifying the image type with a MIME type
2466         string.
2467         """
2468         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2469
2470     def SaveFile(*args, **kwargs):
2471         """
2472         SaveFile(self, String name, int type) -> bool
2473
2474         Saves an image in the named file.
2475         """
2476         return _core_.Image_SaveFile(*args, **kwargs)
2477
2478     def SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2479         """
2480         SaveMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype) -> bool
2481
2482         Saves an image in the named file.
2483         """
2484         return _core_.Image_SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2485
2486     def CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2487         """
2488         CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
2489
2490         Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
2491         data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
2492         object.
2493         """
2494         return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2495
2496     CanReadStream = staticmethod(CanReadStream)
2497     def LoadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2498         """
2499         LoadStream(self, InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2500
2501         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2502         object. If no handler type is provided, the library will try to
2503         autodetect the format.
2504         """
2505         return _core_.Image_LoadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2506
2507     def LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs):
2508         """
2509         LoadMimeStream(self, InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2510
2511         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2512         object, using a MIME type string to specify the image file format.
2513         """
2514         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs)
2515
2516     def Ok(*args, **kwargs):
2517         """
2518         Ok(self) -> bool
2519
2520         Returns true if image data is present.
2521         """
2522         return _core_.Image_Ok(*args, **kwargs)
2523
2524     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
2525         """
2526         GetWidth(self) -> int
2527
2528         Gets the width of the image in pixels.
2529         """
2530         return _core_.Image_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
2531
2532     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
2533         """
2534         GetHeight(self) -> int
2535
2536         Gets the height of the image in pixels.
2537         """
2538         return _core_.Image_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
2539
2540     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
2541         """
2542         GetSize(self) -> Size
2543
2544         Returns the size of the image in pixels.
2545         """
2546         return _core_.Image_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
2547
2548     def GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs):
2549         """
2550         GetSubImage(self, Rect rect) -> Image
2551
2552         Returns a sub image of the current one as long as the rect belongs
2553         entirely to the image.
2554         """
2555         return _core_.Image_GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs)
2556
2557     def Size(*args, **kwargs):
2558         """
2559         Size(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2560
2561         Returns a resized version of this image without scaling it by adding
2562         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2563         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2564         colour at the position ``pos`` relative to the upper left of the new
2565         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2566         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2567         newly exposed areas.
2568         """
2569         return _core_.Image_Size(*args, **kwargs)
2570
2571     def Copy(*args, **kwargs):
2572         """
2573         Copy(self) -> Image
2574
2575         Returns an identical copy of the image.
2576         """
2577         return _core_.Image_Copy(*args, **kwargs)
2578
2579     def Paste(*args, **kwargs):
2580         """
2581         Paste(self, Image image, int x, int y)
2582
2583         Pastes ``image`` into this instance and takes care of the mask colour
2584         and any out of bounds problems.
2585         """
2586         return _core_.Image_Paste(*args, **kwargs)
2587
2588     def GetData(*args, **kwargs):
2589         """
2590         GetData(self) -> PyObject
2591
2592         Returns a string containing a copy of the RGB bytes of the image.
2593         """
2594         return _core_.Image_GetData(*args, **kwargs)
2595
2596     def SetData(*args, **kwargs):
2597         """
2598         SetData(self, buffer data)
2599
2600         Resets the Image's RGB data from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts
2601         either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of
2602         the data must be width*height*3.
2603         """
2604         return _core_.Image_SetData(*args, **kwargs)
2605
2606     def GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2607         """
2608         GetDataBuffer(self) -> PyObject
2609
2610         Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the RGB
2611         image data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do
2612         not use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed.
2613         """
2614         return _core_.Image_GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2615
2616     def SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2617         """
2618         SetDataBuffer(self, buffer data)
2619
2620         Sets the internal image data pointer to point at a Python buffer
2621         object.  This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must
2622         ensure that the buffer object lives longer than the wx.Image does.
2623         """
2624         return _core_.Image_SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2625
2626     def GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
2627         """
2628         GetAlphaData(self) -> PyObject
2629
2630         Returns a string containing a copy of the alpha bytes of the image.
2631         """
2632         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
2633
2634     def SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
2635         """
2636         SetAlphaData(self, buffer alpha)
2637
2638         Resets the Image's alpha data from a buffer of bytes.  Accepts either
2639         a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the
2640         data must be width*height.
2641         """
2642         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
2643
2644     def GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2645         """GetAlphaBuffer(self) -> PyObject"""
2646         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2647
2648     def SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2649         """SetAlphaBuffer(self, buffer alpha)"""
2650         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2651
2652     def SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
2653         """
2654         SetMaskColour(self, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2655
2656         Sets the mask colour for this image (and tells the image to use the
2657         mask).
2658         """
2659         return _core_.Image_SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
2660
2661     def GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
2662         """
2663         GetOrFindMaskColour() -> (r,g,b)
2664
2665         Get the current mask colour or find a suitable colour.
2666         """
2667         return _core_.Image_GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
2668
2669     def GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs):
2670         """
2671         GetMaskRed(self) -> byte
2672
2673         Gets the red component of the mask colour.
2674         """
2675         return _core_.Image_GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs)
2676
2677     def GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs):
2678         """
2679         GetMaskGreen(self) -> byte
2680
2681         Gets the green component of the mask colour.
2682         """
2683         return _core_.Image_GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs)
2684
2685     def GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs):
2686         """
2687         GetMaskBlue(self) -> byte
2688
2689         Gets the blue component of the mask colour.
2690         """
2691         return _core_.Image_GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs)
2692
2693     def SetMask(*args, **kwargs):
2694         """
2695         SetMask(self, bool mask=True)
2696
2697         Specifies whether there is a mask or not. The area of the mask is
2698         determined by the current mask colour.
2699         """
2700         return _core_.Image_SetMask(*args, **kwargs)
2701
2702     def HasMask(*args, **kwargs):
2703         """
2704         HasMask(self) -> bool
2705
2706         Returns ``True`` if there is a mask active, ``False`` otherwise.
2707         """
2708         return _core_.Image_HasMask(*args, **kwargs)
2709
2710     def Rotate(*args, **kwargs):
2711         """
2712         Rotate(self, double angle, Point centre_of_rotation, bool interpolating=True,
2713             Point offset_after_rotation=None) -> Image
2714
2715         Rotates the image about the given point, by ``angle`` radians. Passing
2716         ``True`` to ``interpolating`` results in better image quality, but is
2717         slower. If the image has a mask, then the mask colour is used for the
2718         uncovered pixels in the rotated image background. Otherwise, black
2719         will be used as the fill colour.
2720
2721         Returns the rotated image, leaving this image intact.
2722         """
2723         return _core_.Image_Rotate(*args, **kwargs)
2724
2725     def Rotate90(*args, **kwargs):
2726         """
2727         Rotate90(self, bool clockwise=True) -> Image
2728
2729         Returns a copy of the image rotated 90 degrees in the direction
2730         indicated by ``clockwise``.
2731         """
2732         return _core_.Image_Rotate90(*args, **kwargs)
2733
2734     def Mirror(*args, **kwargs):
2735         """
2736         Mirror(self, bool horizontally=True) -> Image
2737
2738         Returns a mirrored copy of the image. The parameter ``horizontally``
2739         indicates the orientation.
2740         """
2741         return _core_.Image_Mirror(*args, **kwargs)
2742
2743     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
2744         """
2745         Replace(self, byte r1, byte g1, byte b1, byte r2, byte g2, byte b2)
2746
2747         Replaces the colour specified by ``(r1,g1,b1)`` by the colour
2748         ``(r2,g2,b2)``.
2749         """
2750         return _core_.Image_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
2751
2752     def ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs):
2753         """
2754         ConvertToGreyscale(self, double lr=0.299, double lg=0.587, double lb=0.114) -> Image
2755
2756         Convert to greyscale image. Uses the luminance component (Y) of the
2757         image.  The luma value (YUV) is calculated using (R * lr) + (G * lg) + (B * lb),
2758         defaults to ITU-T BT.601
2759         """
2760         return _core_.Image_ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs)
2761
2762     def ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs):
2763         """
2764         ConvertToMono(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> Image
2765
2766         Returns monochromatic version of the image. The returned image has
2767         white colour where the original has ``(r,g,b)`` colour and black
2768         colour everywhere else.
2769         """
2770         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs)
2771
2772     def SetOption(*args, **kwargs):
2773         """
2774         SetOption(self, String name, String value)
2775
2776         Sets an image handler defined option.  For example, when saving as a
2777         JPEG file, the option ``wx.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY`` is used, which is a
2778         number between 0 and 100 (0 is terrible, 100 is very good).
2779         """
2780         return _core_.Image_SetOption(*args, **kwargs)
2781
2782     def SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
2783         """
2784         SetOptionInt(self, String name, int value)
2785
2786         Sets an image option as an integer.
2787         """
2788         return _core_.Image_SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
2789
2790     def GetOption(*args, **kwargs):
2791         """
2792         GetOption(self, String name) -> String
2793
2794         Gets the value of an image handler option.
2795         """
2796         return _core_.Image_GetOption(*args, **kwargs)
2797
2798     def GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
2799         """
2800         GetOptionInt(self, String name) -> int
2801
2802         Gets the value of an image handler option as an integer.  If the given
2803         option is not present, the function returns 0.
2804         """
2805         return _core_.Image_GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
2806
2807     def HasOption(*args, **kwargs):
2808         """
2809         HasOption(self, String name) -> bool
2810
2811         Returns true if the given option is present.
2812         """
2813         return _core_.Image_HasOption(*args, **kwargs)
2814
2815     def CountColours(*args, **kwargs):
2816         """CountColours(self, unsigned long stopafter=(unsigned long) -1) -> unsigned long"""
2817         return _core_.Image_CountColours(*args, **kwargs)
2818
2819     def ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs):
2820         """ComputeHistogram(self, ImageHistogram h) -> unsigned long"""
2821         return _core_.Image_ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs)
2822
2823     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2824         """AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2825         return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2826
2827     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
2828     def InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2829         """InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2830         return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2831
2832     InsertHandler = staticmethod(InsertHandler)
2833     def RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2834         """RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
2835         return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2836
2837     RemoveHandler = staticmethod(RemoveHandler)
2838     def GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
2839         """GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
2840         return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
2841
2842     GetHandlers = staticmethod(GetHandlers)
2843     def GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs):
2844         """
2845         GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
2846
2847         Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
2848         containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
2849         dialog boxes.
2850         """
2851         return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs)
2852
2853     GetImageExtWildcard = staticmethod(GetImageExtWildcard)
2854     def ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2855         """ConvertToBitmap(self, int depth=-1) -> Bitmap"""
2856         return _core_.Image_ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2857
2858     def ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2859         """ConvertToMonoBitmap(self, byte red, byte green, byte blue) -> Bitmap"""
2860         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2861
2862     def RotateHue(*args, **kwargs):
2863         """
2864         RotateHue(self, double angle)
2865
2866         Rotates the hue of each pixel of the image. Hue is a double in the
2867         range -1.0..1.0 where -1.0 is -360 degrees and 1.0 is 360 degrees
2868         """
2869         return _core_.Image_RotateHue(*args, **kwargs)
2870
2871     def RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
2872         """
2873         RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
2874
2875         Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
2876         """
2877         return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
2878
2879     RGBtoHSV = staticmethod(RGBtoHSV)
2880     def HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2881         """
2882         HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
2883
2884         Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
2885         """
2886         return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2887
2888     HSVtoRGB = staticmethod(HSVtoRGB)
2889     def __nonzero__(self): return self.Ok()
2890 _core_.Image_swigregister(Image)
2891
2892 def ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs):
2893     """
2894     ImageFromMime(String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
2895
2896     Loads an image from a file, using a MIME type string (such as
2897     'image/jpeg') to specify image type.
2898     """
2899     val = _core_.new_ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs)
2900     return val
2901
2902 def ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs):
2903     """
2904     ImageFromStream(InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
2905
2906     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
2907     object.
2908     """
2909     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs)
2910     return val
2911
2912 def ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs):
2913     """
2914     ImageFromStreamMime(InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
2915
2916     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
2917     object, specifying the image format with a MIME type string.
2918     """
2919     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs)
2920     return val
2921
2922 def EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs):
2923     """
2924     EmptyImage(int width=0, int height=0, bool clear=True) -> Image
2925
2926     Construct an empty image of a given size, optionally setting all
2927     pixels to black.
2928     """
2929     val = _core_.new_EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs)
2930     return val
2931
2932 def ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2933     """
2934     ImageFromBitmap(Bitmap bitmap) -> Image
2935
2936     Construct an Image from a `wx.Bitmap`.
2937     """
2938     val = _core_.new_ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2939     return val
2940
2941 def ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs):
2942     """
2943     ImageFromData(int width, int height, buffer data) -> Image
2944
2945     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts either a
2946     string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the data
2947     must be width*height*3.
2948     """
2949     val = _core_.new_ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs)
2950     return val
2951
2952 def ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2953     """
2954     ImageFromDataWithAlpha(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha) -> Image
2955
2956     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes with an Alpha channel.
2957     Accepts either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the
2958     length of the data must be width*height*3 bytes, and the length of the
2959     alpha data must be width*height bytes.
2960     """
2961     val = _core_.new_ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2962     return val
2963
2964 def Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2965   """
2966     Image_CanRead(String filename) -> bool
2967
2968     Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
2969     """
2970   return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2971
2972 def Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
2973   """
2974     Image_GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
2975
2976     If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
2977     is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
2978     the number of available images.
2979     """
2980   return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
2981
2982 def Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2983   """
2984     Image_CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
2985
2986     Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
2987     data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
2988     object.
2989     """
2990   return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2991
2992 def Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2993   """Image_AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2994   return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2995
2996 def Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2997   """Image_InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2998   return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2999
3000 def Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3001   """Image_RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
3002   return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3003
3004 def Image_GetHandlers(*args):
3005   """Image_GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
3006   return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args)
3007
3008 def Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args):
3009   """
3010     Image_GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
3011
3012     Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
3013     containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
3014     dialog boxes.
3015     """
3016   return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args)
3017
3018 def Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
3019   """
3020     Image_RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
3021
3022     Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
3023     """
3024   return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
3025
3026 def Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
3027   """
3028     Image_HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
3029
3030     Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
3031     """
3032   return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
3033
3034 def InitAllImageHandlers():
3035     """
3036     The former functionality of InitAllImageHanders is now done internal to
3037     the _core_ extension module and so this function has become a simple NOP.
3038     """
3039     pass
3040
3041 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES
3042 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM
3043 PNG_TYPE_COLOUR = _core_.PNG_TYPE_COLOUR
3044 PNG_TYPE_GREY = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY
3045 PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED
3046 BMP_24BPP = _core_.BMP_24BPP
3047 BMP_8BPP = _core_.BMP_8BPP
3048 BMP_8BPP_GREY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GREY
3049 BMP_8BPP_GRAY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GRAY
3050 BMP_8BPP_RED = _core_.BMP_8BPP_RED
3051 BMP_8BPP_PALETTE = _core_.BMP_8BPP_PALETTE
3052 BMP_4BPP = _core_.BMP_4BPP
3053 BMP_1BPP = _core_.BMP_1BPP
3054 BMP_1BPP_BW = _core_.BMP_1BPP_BW
3055 class BMPHandler(ImageHandler):
3056     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files."""
3057     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3058     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3059     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3060         """
3061         __init__(self) -> BMPHandler
3062
3063         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files.
3064         """
3065         _core_.BMPHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BMPHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3066 _core_.BMPHandler_swigregister(BMPHandler)
3067 NullImage = cvar.NullImage
3068 IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME
3069 IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT
3070 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X
3071 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y
3072 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION
3073 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX
3074 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY
3075 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT
3076 IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY
3077 IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE
3078 IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL
3079 IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION
3080 IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR
3081 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT
3082 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH
3083
3084 class ICOHandler(BMPHandler):
3085     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files."""
3086     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3087     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3088     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3089         """
3090         __init__(self) -> ICOHandler
3091
3092         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files.
3093         """
3094         _core_.ICOHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ICOHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3095 _core_.ICOHandler_swigregister(ICOHandler)
3096
3097 class CURHandler(ICOHandler):
3098     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files."""
3099     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3100     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3101     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3102         """
3103         __init__(self) -> CURHandler
3104
3105         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files.
3106         """
3107         _core_.CURHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CURHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3108 _core_.CURHandler_swigregister(CURHandler)
3109
3110 class ANIHandler(CURHandler):
3111     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files."""
3112     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3113     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3114     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3115         """
3116         __init__(self) -> ANIHandler
3117
3118         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files.
3119         """
3120         _core_.ANIHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ANIHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3121 _core_.ANIHandler_swigregister(ANIHandler)
3122
3123 class PNGHandler(ImageHandler):
3124     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files."""
3125     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3126     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3127     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3128         """
3129         __init__(self) -> PNGHandler
3130
3131         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files.
3132         """
3133         _core_.PNGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3134 _core_.PNGHandler_swigregister(PNGHandler)
3135
3136 class GIFHandler(ImageHandler):
3137     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files."""
3138     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3139     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3140     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3141         """
3142         __init__(self) -> GIFHandler
3143
3144         A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files.
3145         """
3146         _core_.GIFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GIFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3147 _core_.GIFHandler_swigregister(GIFHandler)
3148
3149 class PCXHandler(ImageHandler):
3150     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files."""
3151     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3152     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3153     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3154         """
3155         __init__(self) -> PCXHandler
3156
3157         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files.
3158         """
3159         _core_.PCXHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PCXHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3160 _core_.PCXHandler_swigregister(PCXHandler)
3161
3162 class JPEGHandler(ImageHandler):
3163     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files."""
3164     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3165     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3166     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3167         """
3168         __init__(self) -> JPEGHandler
3169
3170         A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files.
3171         """
3172         _core_.JPEGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_JPEGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3173 _core_.JPEGHandler_swigregister(JPEGHandler)
3174
3175 class PNMHandler(ImageHandler):
3176     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files."""
3177     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3178     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3179     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3180         """
3181         __init__(self) -> PNMHandler
3182
3183         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files.
3184         """
3185         _core_.PNMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3186 _core_.PNMHandler_swigregister(PNMHandler)
3187
3188 class XPMHandler(ImageHandler):
3189     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image."""
3190     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3191     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3192     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3193         """
3194         __init__(self) -> XPMHandler
3195
3196         A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image.
3197         """
3198         _core_.XPMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_XPMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3199 _core_.XPMHandler_swigregister(XPMHandler)
3200
3201 class TIFFHandler(ImageHandler):
3202     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files."""
3203     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3204     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3205     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3206         """
3207         __init__(self) -> TIFFHandler
3208
3209         A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files.
3210         """
3211         _core_.TIFFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_TIFFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3212 _core_.TIFFHandler_swigregister(TIFFHandler)
3213
3214 QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS = _core_.QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS
3215 QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE = _core_.QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE
3216 class Quantize(object):
3217     """Performs quantization, or colour reduction, on a wxImage."""
3218     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3219     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
3220     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3221     def Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3222         """
3223         Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3224
3225         Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3226         destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3227         needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3228         """
3229         return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3230
3231     Quantize = staticmethod(Quantize)
3232 _core_.Quantize_swigregister(Quantize)
3233
3234 def Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3235   """
3236     Quantize_Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3237
3238     Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3239     destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3240     needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3241     """
3242   return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3243
3244 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3245
3246 class EvtHandler(Object):
3247     """Proxy of C++ EvtHandler class"""
3248     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3249     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3250     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3251         """__init__(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3252         _core_.EvtHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EvtHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3253     def GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3254         """GetNextHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3255         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3256
3257     def GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3258         """GetPreviousHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3259         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3260
3261     def SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3262         """SetNextHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3263         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3264
3265     def SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3266         """SetPreviousHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3267         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3268
3269     def GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3270         """GetEvtHandlerEnabled(self) -> bool"""
3271         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3272
3273     def SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3274         """SetEvtHandlerEnabled(self, bool enabled)"""
3275         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3276
3277     def ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3278         """ProcessEvent(self, Event event) -> bool"""
3279         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3280
3281     def AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3282         """AddPendingEvent(self, Event event)"""
3283         return _core_.EvtHandler_AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3284
3285     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
3286         """ProcessPendingEvents(self)"""
3287         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
3288
3289     def Connect(*args, **kwargs):
3290         """Connect(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)"""
3291         return _core_.EvtHandler_Connect(*args, **kwargs)
3292
3293     def Disconnect(*args, **kwargs):
3294         """Disconnect(self, int id, int lastId=-1, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool"""
3295         return _core_.EvtHandler_Disconnect(*args, **kwargs)
3296
3297     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
3298         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self, bool incref=True)"""
3299         val = _core_.EvtHandler__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
3300         args[0].thisown = 0
3301         return val
3302
3303     def Bind(self, event, handler, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3304         """
3305         Bind an event to an event handler.
3306
3307         :param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the
3308                       type of event to bind,
3309
3310         :param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the
3311                       event is delivered to self.  Pass None to
3312                       disconnect an event handler.
3313
3314         :param source: Sometimes the event originates from a
3315                       different window than self, but you still
3316                       want to catch it in self.  (For example, a
3317                       button event delivered to a frame.)  By
3318                       passing the source of the event, the event
3319                       handling system is able to differentiate
3320                       between the same event type from different
3321                       controls.
3322
3323         :param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead
3324                    of instance.
3325
3326         :param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler
3327                       to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE.
3328         """
3329         if source is not None:
3330             id  = source.GetId()
3331         event.Bind(self, id, id2, handler)
3332
3333     def Unbind(self, event, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3334         """
3335         Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self.
3336         Returns True if successful.
3337         """
3338         if source is not None:
3339             id  = source.GetId()
3340         return event.Unbind(self, id, id2)
3341
3342 _core_.EvtHandler_swigregister(EvtHandler)
3343
3344 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3345
3346 class PyEventBinder(object):
3347     """
3348     Instances of this class are used to bind specific events to event
3349     handlers.
3350     """
3351     def __init__(self, evtType, expectedIDs=0):
3352         if expectedIDs not in [0, 1, 2]:
3353             raise ValueError, "Invalid number of expectedIDs"
3354         self.expectedIDs = expectedIDs
3355
3356         if type(evtType) == list or type(evtType) == tuple:
3357             self.evtType = evtType
3358         else:
3359             self.evtType = [evtType]
3360
3361
3362     def Bind(self, target, id1, id2, function):
3363         """Bind this set of event types to target."""
3364         for et in self.evtType:
3365             target.Connect(id1, id2, et, function)
3366
3367
3368     def Unbind(self, target, id1, id2):
3369         """Remove an event binding."""
3370         success = 0
3371         for et in self.evtType:
3372             success += target.Disconnect(id1, id2, et)
3373         return success != 0
3374
3375
3376     def __call__(self, *args):
3377         """
3378         For backwards compatibility with the old EVT_* functions.
3379         Should be called with either (window, func), (window, ID,
3380         func) or (window, ID1, ID2, func) parameters depending on the
3381         type of the event.
3382         """
3383         assert len(args) == 2 + self.expectedIDs
3384         id1 = wx.ID_ANY
3385         id2 = wx.ID_ANY
3386         target = args[0]
3387         if self.expectedIDs == 0:
3388             func = args[1]
3389         elif self.expectedIDs == 1:
3390             id1 = args[1]
3391             func = args[2]
3392         elif self.expectedIDs == 2:
3393             id1 = args[1]
3394             id2 = args[2]
3395             func = args[3]
3396         else:
3397             raise ValueError, "Unexpected number of IDs"
3398
3399         self.Bind(target, id1, id2, func)
3400
3401
3402 # These two are square pegs that don't fit the PyEventBinder hole...
3403 def EVT_COMMAND(win, id, cmd, func):
3404     win.Connect(id, -1, cmd, func)
3405 def EVT_COMMAND_RANGE(win, id1, id2, cmd, func):
3406     win.Connect(id1, id2, cmd, func)
3407
3408
3409 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3410
3411 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3412
3413 EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE
3414 EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX
3415
3416 def NewEventType(*args):
3417   """NewEventType() -> EventType"""
3418   return _core_.NewEventType(*args)
3419 wxEVT_NULL = _core_.wxEVT_NULL
3420 wxEVT_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_FIRST
3421 wxEVT_USER_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_USER_FIRST
3422 wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED
3423 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED
3424 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED
3425 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED
3426 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED
3427 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED
3428 wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
3429 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
3430 wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED
3431 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED
3432 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED
3433 wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED
3434 wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED
3435 wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED
3436 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
3437 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER
3438 wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
3439 wxEVT_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_UP
3440 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
3441 wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
3442 wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
3443 wxEVT_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
3444 wxEVT_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_MOTION
3445 wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
3446 wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
3447 wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
3448 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3449 wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
3450 wxEVT_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_SET_FOCUS
3451 wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS
3452 wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS
3453 wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
3454 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN
3455 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP
3456 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN
3457 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP
3458 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN
3459 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP
3460 wxEVT_NC_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MOTION
3461 wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW
3462 wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW
3463 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK
3464 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3465 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK
3466 wxEVT_CHAR = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR
3467 wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK
3468 wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = _core_.wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY
3469 wxEVT_KEY_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_DOWN
3470 wxEVT_KEY_UP = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_UP
3471 wxEVT_HOTKEY = _core_.wxEVT_HOTKEY
3472 wxEVT_SET_CURSOR = _core_.wxEVT_SET_CURSOR
3473 wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
3474 wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
3475 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
3476 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
3477 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
3478 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
3479 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
3480 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
3481 wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3482 wxEVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3483 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
3484 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
3485 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
3486 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
3487 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
3488 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
3489 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
3490 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
3491 wxEVT_SIZE = _core_.wxEVT_SIZE
3492 wxEVT_MOVE = _core_.wxEVT_MOVE
3493 wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW
3494 wxEVT_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_END_SESSION
3495 wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION
3496 wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP
3497 wxEVT_ACTIVATE = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE
3498 wxEVT_CREATE = _core_.wxEVT_CREATE
3499 wxEVT_DESTROY = _core_.wxEVT_DESTROY
3500 wxEVT_SHOW = _core_.wxEVT_SHOW
3501 wxEVT_ICONIZE = _core_.wxEVT_ICONIZE
3502 wxEVT_MAXIMIZE = _core_.wxEVT_MAXIMIZE
3503 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED
3504 wxEVT_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT
3505 wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = _core_.wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND
3506 wxEVT_NC_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_NC_PAINT
3507 wxEVT_PAINT_ICON = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT_ICON
3508 wxEVT_MENU_OPEN = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_OPEN
3509 wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE
3510 wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
3511 wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU = _core_.wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU
3512 wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED
3513 wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED
3514 wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED
3515 wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE
3516 wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED
3517 wxEVT_DROP_FILES = _core_.wxEVT_DROP_FILES
3518 wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM
3519 wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM
3520 wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM
3521 wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG = _core_.wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG
3522 wxEVT_IDLE = _core_.wxEVT_IDLE
3523 wxEVT_UPDATE_UI = _core_.wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
3524 wxEVT_SIZING = _core_.wxEVT_SIZING
3525 wxEVT_MOVING = _core_.wxEVT_MOVING
3526 wxEVT_HIBERNATE = _core_.wxEVT_HIBERNATE
3527 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY
3528 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT
3529 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE
3530 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK
3531 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK
3532 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK
3533 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK
3534 wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS
3535 wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS
3536 wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER
3537 #
3538 # Create some event binders
3539 EVT_SIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZE )
3540 EVT_SIZING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZING )
3541 EVT_MOVE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVE )
3542 EVT_MOVING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVING )
3543 EVT_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW )
3544 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
3545 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
3546 EVT_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PAINT )
3547 EVT_NC_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NC_PAINT )
3548 EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND )
3549 EVT_CHAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR )
3550 EVT_KEY_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_DOWN )
3551 EVT_KEY_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_UP )
3552 EVT_HOTKEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HOTKEY, 1)
3553 EVT_CHAR_HOOK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK )
3554 EVT_MENU_OPEN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_OPEN )
3555 EVT_MENU_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE )
3556 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT, 1)
3557 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT_ALL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT )
3558 EVT_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_FOCUS )
3559 EVT_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS )
3560 EVT_CHILD_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS )
3561 EVT_ACTIVATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE )
3562 EVT_ACTIVATE_APP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP )
3563 EVT_HIBERNATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HIBERNATE )
3564 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
3565 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
3566 EVT_DROP_FILES = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DROP_FILES )
3567 EVT_INIT_DIALOG = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG )
3568 EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED )
3569 EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED )
3570 EVT_SHOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SHOW )
3571 EVT_MAXIMIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MAXIMIZE )
3572 EVT_ICONIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ICONIZE )
3573 EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY )
3574 EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED )
3575 EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE )
3576 EVT_WINDOW_CREATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CREATE )
3577 EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DESTROY )
3578 EVT_SET_CURSOR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_CURSOR )
3579 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED )
3580
3581 EVT_LEFT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN )
3582 EVT_LEFT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_UP )
3583 EVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN )
3584 EVT_MIDDLE_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP )
3585 EVT_RIGHT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN )
3586 EVT_RIGHT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_UP )
3587 EVT_MOTION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOTION )
3588 EVT_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK )
3589 EVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK )
3590 EVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK )
3591 EVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW )
3592 EVT_ENTER_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW )
3593 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL )
3594
3595 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN,
3596                                      wxEVT_LEFT_UP,
3597                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN,
3598                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP,
3599                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN,
3600                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_UP,
3601                                      wxEVT_MOTION,
3602                                      wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK,
3603                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK,
3604                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK,
3605                                      wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW,
3606                                      wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW,
3607                                      wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
3608                                      ])
3609
3610
3611 # Scrolling from wxWindow (sent to wxScrolledWindow)
3612 EVT_SCROLLWIN = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP,
3613                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM,
3614                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP,
3615                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN,
3616                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP,
3617                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN,
3618                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK,
3619                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE,
3620                                   ])
3621
3622 EVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP )
3623 EVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM )
3624 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP )
3625 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN )
3626 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP )
3627 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN )
3628 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK )
3629 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE )
3630
3631 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar
3632 EVT_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
3633                                wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
3634                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
3635                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
3636                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
3637                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
3638                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
3639                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
3640                                wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
3641                                ])
3642
3643 EVT_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP )
3644 EVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM )
3645 EVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP )
3646 EVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN )
3647 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP )
3648 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN )
3649 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK )
3650 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE )
3651 EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED )
3652 EVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3653
3654 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar, with an id
3655 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
3656                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
3657                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
3658                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
3659                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
3660                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
3661                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
3662                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
3663                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
3664                                        ], 1)
3665
3666 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP, 1)
3667 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM, 1)
3668 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP, 1)
3669 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN, 1)
3670 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP, 1)
3671 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN, 1)
3672 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK, 1)
3673 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE, 1)
3674 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED, 1)
3675 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED
3676
3677 EVT_BUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, 1)
3678 EVT_CHECKBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED, 1)
3679 EVT_CHOICE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED, 1)
3680 EVT_LISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3681 EVT_LISTBOX_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED, 1)
3682 EVT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 1)
3683 EVT_MENU_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 2)
3684 EVT_SLIDER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED, 1)
3685 EVT_RADIOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3686 EVT_RADIOBUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED, 1)
3687
3688 EVT_SCROLLBAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED, 1)
3689 EVT_VLBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3690 EVT_COMBOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3691 EVT_TOOL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 1)
3692 EVT_TOOL_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 2)
3693 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 1)
3694 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 2)
3695 EVT_TOOL_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER, 1)
3696 EVT_CHECKLISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED, 1)
3697
3698
3699 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK, 1)
3700 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK, 1)
3701 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK, 1)
3702 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK, 1)
3703 EVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS, 1)
3704 EVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS, 1)
3705 EVT_COMMAND_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER, 1)
3706
3707 EVT_IDLE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_IDLE )
3708
3709 EVT_UPDATE_UI = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 1)
3710 EVT_UPDATE_UI_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 2)
3711
3712 EVT_CONTEXT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU )
3713
3714 EVT_TEXT_CUT   =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT )
3715 EVT_TEXT_COPY  =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY )
3716 EVT_TEXT_PASTE =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE )
3717
3718
3719 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3720
3721 class Event(Object):
3722     """
3723     An event is a structure holding information about an event passed to a
3724     callback or member function. wx.Event is an abstract base class for
3725     other event classes
3726     """
3727     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3728     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
3729     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3730     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Event
3731     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3732     def SetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
3733         """
3734         SetEventType(self, EventType typ)
3735
3736         Sets the specific type of the event.
3737         """
3738         return _core_.Event_SetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
3739
3740     def GetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
3741         """
3742         GetEventType(self) -> EventType
3743
3744         Returns the identifier of the given event type, such as
3745         ``wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED``.
3746         """
3747         return _core_.Event_GetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
3748
3749     def GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
3750         """
3751         GetEventObject(self) -> Object
3752
3753         Returns the object (usually a window) associated with the event, if
3754         any.
3755         """
3756         return _core_.Event_GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
3757
3758     def SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
3759         """
3760         SetEventObject(self, Object obj)
3761
3762         Sets the originating object, or in other words, obj is normally the
3763         object that is sending the event.
3764         """
3765         return _core_.Event_SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
3766
3767     def GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
3768         """GetTimestamp(self) -> long"""
3769         return _core_.Event_GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
3770
3771     def SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
3772         """SetTimestamp(self, long ts=0)"""
3773         return _core_.Event_SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
3774
3775     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
3776         """
3777         GetId(self) -> int
3778
3779         Returns the identifier associated with this event, such as a button
3780         command id.
3781         """
3782         return _core_.Event_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
3783
3784     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
3785         """
3786         SetId(self, int Id)
3787
3788         Set's the ID for the event.  This is usually the ID of the window that
3789         is sending the event, but it can also be a command id from a menu
3790         item, etc.
3791         """
3792         return _core_.Event_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
3793
3794     def IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3795         """
3796         IsCommandEvent(self) -> bool
3797
3798         Returns true if the event is or is derived from `wx.CommandEvent` else
3799         it returns false. Note: Exists only for optimization purposes.
3800         """
3801         return _core_.Event_IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3802
3803     def Skip(*args, **kwargs):
3804         """
3805         Skip(self, bool skip=True)
3806
3807         Called by an event handler, it controls whether additional event
3808         handlers bound to this event will be called after the current event
3809         handler returns.  Skip(false) (the default setting) will prevent
3810         additional event handlers from being called and control will be
3811         returned to the sender of the event immediately after the current
3812         handler has finished.  Skip(True) will cause the event processing
3813         system to continue searching for a handler function for this event.
3814
3815         """
3816         return _core_.Event_Skip(*args, **kwargs)
3817
3818     def GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs):
3819         """
3820         GetSkipped(self) -> bool
3821
3822         Returns true if the event handler should be skipped, false otherwise.
3823         :see: `Skip`
3824         """
3825         return _core_.Event_GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs)
3826
3827     def ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs):
3828         """
3829         ShouldPropagate(self) -> bool
3830
3831         Test if this event should be propagated to the parent window or not,
3832         i.e. if the propagation level is currently greater than 0.
3833         """
3834         return _core_.Event_ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs)
3835
3836     def StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs):
3837         """
3838         StopPropagation(self) -> int
3839
3840         Stop the event from propagating to its parent window.  Returns the old
3841         propagation level value which may be later passed to
3842         `ResumePropagation` to allow propagating the event again.
3843         """
3844         return _core_.Event_StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs)
3845
3846     def ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs):
3847         """
3848         ResumePropagation(self, int propagationLevel)
3849
3850         Resume the event propagation by restoring the propagation level.  (For
3851         example, you can use the value returned by an earlier call to
3852         `StopPropagation`.)
3853
3854         """
3855         return _core_.Event_ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs)
3856
3857     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
3858         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
3859         return _core_.Event_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
3860
3861 _core_.Event_swigregister(Event)
3862
3863 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3864
3865 class PropagationDisabler(object):
3866     """
3867     Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
3868     create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
3869     propogation of the event will be restored.
3870     """
3871     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3872     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3873     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3874         """
3875         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagationDisabler
3876
3877         Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
3878         create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
3879         propogation of the event will be restored.
3880         """
3881         _core_.PropagationDisabler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagationDisabler(*args, **kwargs))
3882     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagationDisabler
3883     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3884 _core_.PropagationDisabler_swigregister(PropagationDisabler)
3885
3886 class PropagateOnce(object):
3887     """
3888     A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
3889     event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
3890     destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
3891     """
3892     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3893     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3894     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3895         """
3896         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagateOnce
3897
3898         A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
3899         event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
3900         destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
3901         """
3902         _core_.PropagateOnce_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagateOnce(*args, **kwargs))
3903     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagateOnce
3904     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3905 _core_.PropagateOnce_swigregister(PropagateOnce)
3906
3907 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3908
3909 class CommandEvent(Event):
3910     """
3911     This event class contains information about command events, which
3912     originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
3913     toolbars.
3914     """
3915     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3916     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3917     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3918         """
3919         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CommandEvent
3920
3921         This event class contains information about command events, which
3922         originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
3923         toolbars.
3924         """
3925         _core_.CommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
3926     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
3927         """
3928         GetSelection(self) -> int
3929
3930         Returns item index for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
3931         for a deselection).
3932         """
3933         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
3934
3935     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
3936         """SetString(self, String s)"""
3937         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
3938
3939     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
3940         """
3941         GetString(self) -> String
3942
3943         Returns item string for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
3944         for a deselection).
3945         """
3946         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
3947
3948     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
3949         """
3950         IsChecked(self) -> bool
3951
3952         This method can be used with checkbox and menu events: for the
3953         checkboxes, the method returns true for a selection event and false
3954         for a deselection one. For the menu events, this method indicates if
3955         the menu item just has become checked or unchecked (and thus only
3956         makes sense for checkable menu items).
3957         """
3958         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
3959
3960     Checked = IsChecked
3961     def IsSelection(*args, **kwargs):
3962         """
3963         IsSelection(self) -> bool
3964
3965         For a listbox or similar event, returns true if it is a selection,
3966         false if it is a deselection.
3967         """
3968         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsSelection(*args, **kwargs)
3969
3970     def SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
3971         """SetExtraLong(self, long extraLong)"""
3972         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
3973
3974     def GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
3975         """
3976         GetExtraLong(self) -> long
3977
3978         Returns extra information dependant on the event objects type. If the
3979         event comes from a listbox selection, it is a boolean determining
3980         whether the event was a selection (true) or a deselection (false). A
3981         listbox deselection only occurs for multiple-selection boxes, and in
3982         this case the index and string values are indeterminate and the
3983         listbox must be examined by the application.
3984         """
3985         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
3986
3987     def SetInt(*args, **kwargs):
3988         """SetInt(self, int i)"""
3989         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetInt(*args, **kwargs)
3990
3991     def GetInt(*args, **kwargs):
3992         """
3993         GetInt(self) -> int
3994
3995         Returns the integer identifier corresponding to a listbox, choice or
3996         radiobox selection (only if the event was a selection, not a
3997         deselection), or a boolean value representing the value of a checkbox.
3998         """
3999         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetInt(*args, **kwargs)
4000
4001     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4002         """
4003         GetClientData(self) -> PyObject
4004
4005         Returns the client data object for a listbox or choice selection event, (if any.)
4006         """
4007         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4008
4009     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4010         """
4011         SetClientData(self, PyObject clientData)
4012
4013         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
4014         """
4015         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4016
4017     GetClientObject = GetClientData
4018     SetClientObject = SetClientData
4019
4020     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
4021         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
4022         return _core_.CommandEvent_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
4023
4024 _core_.CommandEvent_swigregister(CommandEvent)
4025
4026 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4027
4028 class NotifyEvent(CommandEvent):
4029     """
4030     An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4031     a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4032     allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4033     can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4034     """
4035     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4036     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4037     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4038         """
4039         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> NotifyEvent
4040
4041         An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4042         a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4043         allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4044         can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4045         """
4046         _core_.NotifyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NotifyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4047     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
4048         """
4049         Veto(self)
4050
4051         Prevents the change announced by this event from happening.
4052
4053         It is in general a good idea to notify the user about the reasons for
4054         vetoing the change because otherwise the applications behaviour (which
4055         just refuses to do what the user wants) might be quite surprising.
4056         """
4057         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
4058
4059     def Allow(*args, **kwargs):
4060         """
4061         Allow(self)
4062
4063         This is the opposite of `Veto`: it explicitly allows the event to be
4064         processed. For most events it is not necessary to call this method as
4065         the events are allowed anyhow but some are forbidden by default (this
4066         will be mentioned in the corresponding event description).
4067         """
4068         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Allow(*args, **kwargs)
4069
4070     def IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs):
4071         """
4072         IsAllowed(self) -> bool
4073
4074         Returns true if the change is allowed (`Veto` hasn't been called) or
4075         false otherwise (if it was).
4076         """
4077         return _core_.NotifyEvent_IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs)
4078
4079 _core_.NotifyEvent_swigregister(NotifyEvent)
4080
4081 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4082
4083 class ScrollEvent(CommandEvent):
4084     """
4085     A scroll event holds information about events sent from stand-alone
4086     scrollbars and sliders. Note that scrolled windows do not send
4087     instnaces of this event class, but send the `wx.ScrollWinEvent`
4088     instead.
4089     """
4090     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4091     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4092     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4093         """
4094         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, int pos=0,
4095             int orient=0) -> ScrollEvent
4096         """
4097         _core_.ScrollEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4098     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4099         """
4100         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4101
4102         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4103         the scrollbar.
4104         """
4105         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4106
4107     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4108         """
4109         GetPosition(self) -> int
4110
4111         Returns the position of the scrollbar.
4112         """
4113         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4114
4115     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4116         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4117         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4118
4119     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4120         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4121         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4122
4123 _core_.ScrollEvent_swigregister(ScrollEvent)
4124
4125 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4126
4127 class ScrollWinEvent(Event):
4128     """
4129     A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4130     scrolling windows.
4131     """
4132     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4133     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4134     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4135         """
4136         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int pos=0, int orient=0) -> ScrollWinEvent
4137
4138         A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4139         scrolling windows.
4140         """
4141         _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollWinEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4142     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4143         """
4144         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4145
4146         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4147         the scrollbar.
4148         """
4149         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4150
4151     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4152         """
4153         GetPosition(self) -> int
4154
4155         Returns the position of the scrollbar for the thumb track and release
4156         events. Note that this field can't be used for the other events, you
4157         need to query the window itself for the current position in that case.
4158         """
4159         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4160
4161     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4162         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4163         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4164
4165     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4166         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4167         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4168
4169 _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swigregister(ScrollWinEvent)
4170
4171 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4172
4173 MOUSE_BTN_ANY = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_ANY
4174 MOUSE_BTN_NONE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_NONE
4175 MOUSE_BTN_LEFT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT
4176 MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4177 MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT
4178 class MouseEvent(Event):
4179     """
4180     This event class contains information about the events generated by
4181     the mouse: they include mouse buttons press and release events and
4182     mouse move events.
4183
4184     All mouse events involving the buttons use ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT`` for
4185     the left mouse button, ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE`` for the middle one and
4186     ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT`` for the right one. Note that not all mice have
4187     a middle button so a portable application should avoid relying on the
4188     events from it.
4189
4190     Note the difference between methods like `LeftDown` and `LeftIsDown`:
4191     the former returns true when the event corresponds to the left mouse
4192     button click while the latter returns true if the left mouse button is
4193     currently being pressed. For example, when the user is dragging the
4194     mouse you can use `LeftIsDown` to test whether the left mouse button
4195     is (still) depressed. Also, by convention, if `LeftDown` returns true,
4196     `LeftIsDown` will also return true in wxWidgets whatever the
4197     underlying GUI behaviour is (which is platform-dependent). The same
4198     applies, of course, to other mouse buttons as well.
4199     """
4200     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4201     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4202     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4203         """
4204         __init__(self, EventType mouseType=wxEVT_NULL) -> MouseEvent
4205
4206         Constructs a wx.MouseEvent.  Valid event types are:
4207
4208             * wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
4209             * wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
4210             * wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
4211             * wxEVT_LEFT_UP
4212             * wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
4213             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
4214             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
4215             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
4216             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
4217             * wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
4218             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
4219             * wxEVT_MOTION
4220             * wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
4221         """
4222         _core_.MouseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4223     def IsButton(*args, **kwargs):
4224         """
4225         IsButton(self) -> bool
4226
4227         Returns true if the event was a mouse button event (not necessarily a
4228         button down event - that may be tested using `ButtonDown`).
4229         """
4230         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsButton(*args, **kwargs)
4231
4232     def ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs):
4233         """
4234         ButtonDown(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4235
4236         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4237         mouse button down event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4238         button-down event shold be checked for (see `Button` for the possible
4239         values).
4240         """
4241         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs)
4242
4243     def ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4244         """
4245         ButtonDClick(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4246
4247         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4248         mouse double click event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4249         double click event to check for (see `Button` for the possible
4250         values).
4251         """
4252         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4253
4254     def ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs):
4255         """
4256         ButtonUp(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4257
4258         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4259         mouse button up event. Otherwise the argument specifies which button
4260         up event to check for (see `Button` for the possible values).
4261         """
4262         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs)
4263
4264     def Button(*args, **kwargs):
4265         """
4266         Button(self, int button) -> bool
4267
4268         Returns true if the identified mouse button is changing state. Valid
4269         values of button are:
4270
4271              ====================      =====================================
4272              wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT         check if left button was pressed
4273              wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE       check if middle button was pressed
4274              wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT        check if right button was pressed
4275              wx.MOUSE_BTN_ANY          check if any button was pressed
4276              ====================      =====================================
4277
4278         """
4279         return _core_.MouseEvent_Button(*args, **kwargs)
4280
4281     def ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4282         """ButtonIsDown(self, int but) -> bool"""
4283         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4284
4285     def GetButton(*args, **kwargs):
4286         """
4287         GetButton(self) -> int
4288
4289         Returns the mouse button which generated this event or
4290         wx.MOUSE_BTN_NONE if no button is involved (for mouse move, enter or
4291         leave event, for example). Otherwise wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT is returned for
4292         the left button down, up and double click events, wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4293         and wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT for the same events for the middle and the
4294         right buttons respectively.
4295         """
4296         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetButton(*args, **kwargs)
4297
4298     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
4299         """
4300         ControlDown(self) -> bool
4301
4302         Returns true if the control key was down at the time of the event.
4303         """
4304         return _core_.MouseEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
4305
4306     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
4307         """
4308         MetaDown(self) -> bool
4309
4310         Returns true if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4311         """
4312         return _core_.MouseEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
4313
4314     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
4315         """
4316         AltDown(self) -> bool
4317
4318         Returns true if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4319         """
4320         return _core_.MouseEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
4321
4322     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4323         """
4324         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
4325
4326         Returns true if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
4327         """
4328         return _core_.MouseEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4329
4330     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
4331         """
4332         CmdDown(self) -> bool
4333
4334         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
4335         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
4336         Macs. It often makes sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
4337         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
4338         elsewhere. The Ctrl key still exists, it's just not used for this
4339         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
4340         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
4341         """
4342         return _core_.MouseEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
4343
4344     def LeftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4345         """
4346         LeftDown(self) -> bool
4347
4348         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to down.
4349         """
4350         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4351
4352     def MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs):
4353         """
4354         MiddleDown(self) -> bool
4355
4356         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to down.
4357         """
4358         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs)
4359
4360     def RightDown(*args, **kwargs):
4361         """
4362         RightDown(self) -> bool
4363
4364         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to down.
4365         """
4366         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDown(*args, **kwargs)
4367
4368     def LeftUp(*args, **kwargs):
4369         """
4370         LeftUp(self) -> bool
4371
4372         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to up.
4373         """
4374         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftUp(*args, **kwargs)
4375
4376     def MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs):
4377         """
4378         MiddleUp(self) -> bool
4379
4380         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to up.
4381         """
4382         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs)
4383
4384     def RightUp(*args, **kwargs):
4385         """
4386         RightUp(self) -> bool
4387
4388         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to up.
4389         """
4390         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightUp(*args, **kwargs)
4391
4392     def LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4393         """
4394         LeftDClick(self) -> bool
4395
4396         Returns true if the event was a left button double click.
4397         """
4398         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4399
4400     def MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4401         """
4402         MiddleDClick(self) -> bool
4403
4404         Returns true if the event was a middle button double click.
4405         """
4406         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4407
4408     def RightDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4409         """
4410         RightDClick(self) -> bool
4411
4412         Returns true if the event was a right button double click.
4413         """
4414         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4415
4416     def LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4417         """
4418         LeftIsDown(self) -> bool
4419
4420         Returns true if the left mouse button is currently down, independent
4421         of the current event type.
4422
4423         Please notice that it is not the same as LeftDown which returns true
4424         if the left mouse button was just pressed. Rather, it describes the
4425         state of the mouse button before the event happened.
4426
4427         This event is usually used in the mouse event handlers which process
4428         "move mouse" messages to determine whether the user is (still)
4429         dragging the mouse.
4430         """
4431         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4432
4433     def MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4434         """
4435         MiddleIsDown(self) -> bool
4436
4437         Returns true if the middle mouse button is currently down, independent
4438         of the current event type.
4439         """
4440         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4441
4442     def RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4443         """
4444         RightIsDown(self) -> bool
4445
4446         Returns true if the right mouse button is currently down, independent
4447         of the current event type.
4448         """
4449         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4450
4451     def Dragging(*args, **kwargs):
4452         """
4453         Dragging(self) -> bool
4454
4455         Returns true if this was a dragging event (motion while a button is
4456         depressed).
4457         """
4458         return _core_.MouseEvent_Dragging(*args, **kwargs)
4459
4460     def Moving(*args, **kwargs):
4461         """
4462         Moving(self) -> bool
4463
4464         Returns true if this was a motion event and no mouse buttons were
4465         pressed. If any mouse button is held pressed, then this method returns
4466         false and Dragging returns true.
4467         """
4468         return _core_.MouseEvent_Moving(*args, **kwargs)
4469
4470     def Entering(*args, **kwargs):
4471         """
4472         Entering(self) -> bool
4473
4474         Returns true if the mouse was entering the window.
4475         """
4476         return _core_.MouseEvent_Entering(*args, **kwargs)
4477
4478     def Leaving(*args, **kwargs):
4479         """
4480         Leaving(self) -> bool
4481
4482         Returns true if the mouse was leaving the window.
4483         """
4484         return _core_.MouseEvent_Leaving(*args, **kwargs)
4485
4486     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4487         """
4488         GetPosition(self) -> Point
4489
4490         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
4491         event happened.
4492         """
4493         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4494
4495     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
4496         """
4497         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
4498
4499         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
4500         event happened.
4501         """
4502         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
4503
4504     def GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4505         """
4506         GetLogicalPosition(self, DC dc) -> Point
4507
4508         Returns the logical mouse position in pixels (i.e. translated
4509         according to the translation set for the DC, which usually indicates
4510         that the window has been scrolled).
4511         """
4512         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4513
4514     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4515         """
4516         GetX(self) -> int
4517
4518         Returns X coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
4519         """
4520         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4521
4522     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4523         """
4524         GetY(self) -> int
4525
4526         Returns Y coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
4527         """
4528         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4529
4530     def GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs):
4531         """
4532         GetWheelRotation(self) -> int
4533
4534         Get wheel rotation, positive or negative indicates direction of
4535         rotation. Current devices all send an event when rotation is equal to
4536         +/-WheelDelta, but this allows for finer resolution devices to be
4537         created in the future. Because of this you shouldn't assume that one
4538         event is equal to 1 line or whatever, but you should be able to either
4539         do partial line scrolling or wait until +/-WheelDelta rotation values
4540         have been accumulated before scrolling.
4541         """
4542         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs)
4543
4544     def GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs):
4545         """
4546         GetWheelDelta(self) -> int
4547
4548         Get wheel delta, normally 120. This is the threshold for action to be
4549         taken, and one such action (for example, scrolling one increment)
4550         should occur for each delta.
4551         """
4552         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs)
4553
4554     def GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs):
4555         """
4556         GetLinesPerAction(self) -> int
4557
4558         Returns the configured number of lines (or whatever) to be scrolled
4559         per wheel action. Defaults to three.
4560         """
4561         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs)
4562
4563     def IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs):
4564         """
4565         IsPageScroll(self) -> bool
4566
4567         Returns true if the system has been setup to do page scrolling with
4568         the mouse wheel instead of line scrolling.
4569         """
4570         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs)
4571
4572     m_x = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_x_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_x_set)
4573     m_y = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_y_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_y_set)
4574     m_leftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_set)
4575     m_middleDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_set)
4576     m_rightDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_set)
4577     m_controlDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_set)
4578     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
4579     m_altDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_set)
4580     m_metaDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_set)
4581     m_wheelRotation = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_set)
4582     m_wheelDelta = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_set)
4583     m_linesPerAction = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_set)
4584 _core_.MouseEvent_swigregister(MouseEvent)
4585
4586 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4587
4588 class SetCursorEvent(Event):
4589     """
4590     A SetCursorEvent is generated when the mouse cursor is about to be set
4591     as a result of mouse motion. This event gives the application the
4592     chance to perform specific mouse cursor processing based on the
4593     current position of the mouse within the window. Use the `SetCursor`
4594     method to specify the cursor you want to be displayed.
4595     """
4596     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4597     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4598     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4599         """
4600         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> SetCursorEvent
4601
4602         Construct a new `wx.SetCursorEvent`.
4603         """
4604         _core_.SetCursorEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SetCursorEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4605     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4606         """
4607         GetX(self) -> int
4608
4609         Returns the X coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
4610         """
4611         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4612
4613     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4614         """
4615         GetY(self) -> int
4616
4617         Returns the Y coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
4618         """
4619         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4620
4621     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4622         """
4623         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor)
4624
4625         Sets the cursor associated with this event.
4626         """
4627         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4628
4629     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4630         """
4631         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
4632
4633         Returns a reference to the cursor specified by this event.
4634         """
4635         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4636
4637     def HasCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4638         """
4639         HasCursor(self) -> bool
4640
4641         Returns true if the cursor specified by this event is a valid cursor.
4642         """
4643         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_HasCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4644
4645 _core_.SetCursorEvent_swigregister(SetCursorEvent)
4646
4647 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4648
4649 class KeyEvent(Event):
4650     """
4651     This event class contains information about keypress and character
4652     events.  These events are only sent to the widget that currently has
4653     the keyboard focus.
4654
4655     Notice that there are three different kinds of keyboard events in
4656     wxWidgets: key down and up events and char events. The difference
4657     between the first two is clear - the first corresponds to a key press
4658     and the second to a key release - otherwise they are identical. Just
4659     note that if the key is maintained in a pressed state you will
4660     typically get a lot of (automatically generated) down events but only
4661     one up so it is wrong to assume that there is one up event
4662     corresponding to each down one.
4663
4664     Both key events provide untranslated key codes while the char event
4665     carries the translated one. The untranslated code for alphanumeric
4666     keys is always an upper case value. For the other keys it is one of
4667     WXK_XXX values from the keycodes table. The translated key is, in
4668     general, the character the user expects to appear as the result of the
4669     key combination when typing the text into a text entry zone, for
4670     example.
4671
4672     A few examples to clarify this (all assume that CAPS LOCK is unpressed
4673     and the standard US keyboard): when the 'A' key is pressed, the key
4674     down event key code is equal to ASCII A == 65. But the char event key
4675     code is ASCII a == 97. On the other hand, if you press both SHIFT and
4676     'A' keys simultaneously , the key code in key down event will still be
4677     just 'A' while the char event key code parameter will now be 'A' as
4678     well.
4679
4680     Although in this simple case it is clear that the correct key code
4681     could be found in the key down event handler by checking the value
4682     returned by `ShiftDown`, in general you should use EVT_CHAR for this
4683     as for non alphanumeric keys or non-US keyboard layouts the
4684     translation is keyboard-layout dependent and can only be done properly
4685     by the system itself.
4686
4687     Another kind of translation is done when the control key is pressed:
4688     for example, for CTRL-A key press the key down event still carries the
4689     same key code 'A' as usual but the char event will have key code of 1,
4690     the ASCII value of this key combination.
4691
4692     You may discover how the other keys on your system behave
4693     interactively by running the KeyEvents sample in the wxPython demo and
4694     pressing some keys while the blue box at the top has the keyboard
4695     focus.
4696
4697     **Note**: If a key down event is caught and the event handler does not
4698     call event.Skip() then the coresponding char event will not
4699     happen. This is by design and enables the programs that handle both
4700     types of events to be a bit simpler.
4701
4702     **Note for Windows programmers**: The key and char events in wxWidgets
4703     are similar to but slightly different from Windows WM_KEYDOWN and
4704     WM_CHAR events. In particular, Alt-x combination will generate a char
4705     event in wxWidgets (unless it is used as an accelerator).
4706
4707     **Tip**: be sure to call event.Skip() for events that you don't
4708     process in key event function, otherwise menu shortcuts may cease to
4709     work under Windows.
4710
4711     """
4712     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4713     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4714     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4715         """
4716         __init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> KeyEvent
4717
4718         Construct a new `wx.KeyEvent`.  Valid event types are:
4719             *
4720         """
4721         _core_.KeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_KeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4722     def GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
4723         """
4724         GetModifiers(self) -> int
4725
4726         Returns a bitmask of the current modifier settings.  Can be used to
4727         check if the key event has exactly the given modifiers without having
4728         to explicitly check that the other modifiers are not down.  For
4729         example::
4730
4731             if event.GetModifers() == wx.MOD_CONTROL:
4732                 DoSomething()
4733
4734         """
4735         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
4736
4737     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
4738         """
4739         ControlDown(self) -> bool
4740
4741         Returns ``True`` if the Control key was down at the time of the event.
4742         """
4743         return _core_.KeyEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
4744
4745     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
4746         """
4747         MetaDown(self) -> bool
4748
4749         Returns ``True`` if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4750         """
4751         return _core_.KeyEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
4752
4753     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
4754         """
4755         AltDown(self) -> bool
4756
4757         Returns ``True`` if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4758         """
4759         return _core_.KeyEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
4760
4761     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4762         """
4763         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
4764
4765         Returns ``True`` if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
4766         """
4767         return _core_.KeyEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4768
4769     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
4770         """
4771         CmdDown(self) -> bool
4772
4773         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
4774         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
4775         Macs. It makes often sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
4776         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
4777         elsewhere. The Ctrl still exists, it's just not used for this
4778         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
4779         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
4780         """
4781         return _core_.KeyEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
4782
4783     def HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
4784         """
4785         HasModifiers(self) -> bool
4786
4787         Returns true if either CTRL or ALT keys was down at the time of the
4788         key event. Note that this function does not take into account neither
4789         SHIFT nor META key states (the reason for ignoring the latter is that
4790         it is common for NUMLOCK key to be configured as META under X but the
4791         key presses even while NUMLOCK is on should be still processed
4792         normally).
4793         """
4794         return _core_.KeyEvent_HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
4795
4796     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
4797         """
4798         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
4799
4800         Returns the virtual key code. ASCII events return normal ASCII values,
4801         while non-ASCII events return values such as WXK_LEFT for the left
4802         cursor key. See `wx.KeyEvent` for a full list of the virtual key
4803         codes.
4804
4805         Note that in Unicode build, the returned value is meaningful only if
4806         the user entered a character that can be represented in current
4807         locale's default charset. You can obtain the corresponding Unicode
4808         character using `GetUnicodeKey`.
4809         """
4810         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
4811
4812     KeyCode = GetKeyCode
4813     def GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs):
4814         """
4815         GetUnicodeKey(self) -> int
4816
4817         Returns the Unicode character corresponding to this key event.  This
4818         function is only meaningfule in a Unicode build of wxPython.
4819         """
4820         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs)
4821
4822     GetUniChar = GetUnicodeKey
4823     def SetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs):
4824         """
4825         SetUnicodeKey(self, int uniChar)
4826
4827         Set the Unicode value of the key event, but only if this is a Unicode
4828         build of wxPython.
4829         """
4830         return _core_.KeyEvent_SetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs)
4831
4832     def GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
4833         """
4834         GetRawKeyCode(self) -> unsigned int
4835
4836         Returns the raw key code for this event. This is a platform-dependent
4837         scan code which should only be used in advanced
4838         applications. Currently the raw key codes are not supported by all
4839         ports.
4840         """
4841         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
4842
4843     def GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs):
4844         """
4845         GetRawKeyFlags(self) -> unsigned int
4846
4847         Returns the low level key flags for this event. The flags are
4848         platform-dependent and should only be used in advanced applications.
4849         Currently the raw key flags are not supported by all ports.
4850         """
4851         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs)
4852
4853     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4854         """
4855         GetPosition(self) -> Point
4856
4857         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
4858         """
4859         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4860
4861     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
4862         """
4863         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
4864
4865         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
4866         """
4867         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
4868
4869     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4870         """
4871         GetX(self) -> int
4872
4873         Returns the X position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
4874         applicable.
4875         """
4876         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4877
4878     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4879         """
4880         GetY(self) -> int
4881
4882         Returns the Y position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
4883         applicable.
4884         """
4885         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4886
4887     m_x = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_x_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_x_set)
4888     m_y = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_y_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_y_set)
4889     m_keyCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_set)
4890     m_controlDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_set)
4891     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
4892     m_altDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_set)
4893     m_metaDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_set)
4894     m_scanCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_set)
4895     m_rawCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_set)
4896     m_rawFlags = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_set)
4897 _core_.KeyEvent_swigregister(KeyEvent)
4898
4899 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4900
4901 class SizeEvent(Event):
4902     """
4903     A size event holds information about size change events.  The EVT_SIZE
4904     handler function will be called when the window it is bound to has
4905     been resized.
4906
4907     Note that the size passed is of the whole window: call
4908     `wx.Window.GetClientSize` for the area which may be used by the
4909     application.
4910
4911     When a window is resized, usually only a small part of the window is
4912     damaged and and that area is all that is in the update region for the
4913     next paint event. However, if your drawing depends on the size of the
4914     window, you may need to clear the DC explicitly and repaint the whole
4915     window. In which case, you may need to call `wx.Window.Refresh` to
4916     invalidate the entire window.
4917
4918     """
4919     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4920     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4921     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4922         """
4923         __init__(self, Size sz=DefaultSize, int winid=0) -> SizeEvent
4924
4925         Construct a new ``wx.SizeEvent``.
4926         """
4927         _core_.SizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4928     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
4929         """
4930         GetSize(self) -> Size
4931
4932         Returns the entire size of the window generating the size change
4933         event.
4934         """
4935         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
4936
4937     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
4938         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
4939         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
4940
4941     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
4942         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
4943         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
4944
4945     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
4946         """SetSize(self, Size size)"""
4947         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
4948
4949     m_size = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_size_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_size_set)
4950     m_rect = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_set)
4951 _core_.SizeEvent_swigregister(SizeEvent)
4952
4953 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4954
4955 class MoveEvent(Event):
4956     """
4957     This event object is sent for EVT_MOVE event bindings when a window is
4958     moved to a new position.
4959     """
4960     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4961     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4962     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4963         """
4964         __init__(self, Point pos=DefaultPosition, int winid=0) -> MoveEvent
4965
4966         Constructor.
4967         """
4968         _core_.MoveEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MoveEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4969     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4970         """
4971         GetPosition(self) -> Point
4972
4973         Returns the position of the window generating the move change event.
4974         """
4975         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4976
4977     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
4978         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
4979         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
4980
4981     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
4982         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
4983         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
4984
4985     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4986         """SetPosition(self, Point pos)"""
4987         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4988
4989     m_pos =  property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
4990     m_rect = property(GetRect, SetRect)
4991
4992 _core_.MoveEvent_swigregister(MoveEvent)
4993
4994 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4995
4996 class PaintEvent(Event):
4997     """
4998     A paint event is sent when a window's contents needs to be repainted.
4999     Note that in an EVT_PAINT handler the application must *always* create
5000     a `wx.PaintDC` object, even if you do not use it.  Otherwise MS
5001     Windows assumes that the window has not been painted yet and will send
5002     the event again, causing endless refreshes.
5003
5004     You can optimize painting by retrieving the rectangles that have been
5005     damaged using `wx.Window.GetUpdateRegion` and/or `wx.RegionIterator`,
5006     and only repainting these rectangles. The rectangles are in terms of
5007     the client area, and are unscrolled, so you will need to do some
5008     calculations using the current view position to obtain logical,
5009     scrolled units.
5010
5011     """
5012     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5013     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5014     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5015         """__init__(self, int Id=0) -> PaintEvent"""
5016         _core_.PaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5017 _core_.PaintEvent_swigregister(PaintEvent)
5018
5019 class NcPaintEvent(Event):
5020     """Proxy of C++ NcPaintEvent class"""
5021     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5022     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5023     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5024         """__init__(self, int winid=0) -> NcPaintEvent"""
5025         _core_.NcPaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NcPaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5026 _core_.NcPaintEvent_swigregister(NcPaintEvent)
5027
5028 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5029
5030 class EraseEvent(Event):
5031     """
5032     An erase event is sent whenever the background of a window needs to be
5033     repainted.  To intercept this event use the EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event
5034     binder.  On some platforms, such as GTK+, this event is simulated
5035     (simply generated just before the paint event) and may cause flicker.
5036
5037     To paint a custom background use the `GetDC` method and use the returned
5038     device context if it is not ``None``, otherwise create a temporary
5039     `wx.ClientDC` and draw on that.
5040
5041     """
5042     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5043     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5044     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5045         """
5046         __init__(self, int Id=0, DC dc=None) -> EraseEvent
5047
5048         Constructor
5049         """
5050         _core_.EraseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EraseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5051     def GetDC(*args, **kwargs):
5052         """
5053         GetDC(self) -> DC
5054
5055         Returns the device context the event handler should draw upon.  If
5056         ``None`` is returned then create a temporary `wx.ClientDC` and use
5057         that instead.
5058         """
5059         return _core_.EraseEvent_GetDC(*args, **kwargs)
5060
5061 _core_.EraseEvent_swigregister(EraseEvent)
5062
5063 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5064
5065 class FocusEvent(Event):
5066     """
5067     A focus event is sent when a window's focus changes. The window losing
5068     focus receives an EVT_KILL_FOCUS event while the window gaining it
5069     gets an EVT_SET_FOCUS event.
5070
5071     Notice that the set focus event happens both when the user gives focus
5072     to the window (whether using the mouse or keyboard) and when it is
5073     done from the program itself using `wx.Window.SetFocus`.
5074
5075     """
5076     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5077     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5078     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5079         """
5080         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> FocusEvent
5081
5082         Constructor
5083         """
5084         _core_.FocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5085     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5086         """
5087         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5088
5089         Returns the other window associated with this event, that is the
5090         window which had the focus before for the EVT_SET_FOCUS event and the
5091         window which is going to receive focus for the wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS event.
5092
5093         Warning: the window returned may be None!
5094         """
5095         return _core_.FocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5096
5097     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5098         """SetWindow(self, Window win)"""
5099         return _core_.FocusEvent_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5100
5101 _core_.FocusEvent_swigregister(FocusEvent)
5102
5103 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5104
5105 class ChildFocusEvent(CommandEvent):
5106     """
5107     wx.ChildFocusEvent notifies the parent that a child has received the
5108     focus.  Unlike `wx.FocusEvent` it is propagated up the window
5109     heirarchy.
5110     """
5111     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5112     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5113     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5114         """
5115         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> ChildFocusEvent
5116
5117         Constructor
5118         """
5119         _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ChildFocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5120     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5121         """
5122         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5123
5124         The window which has just received the focus.
5125         """
5126         return _core_.ChildFocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5127
5128 _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swigregister(ChildFocusEvent)
5129
5130 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5131
5132 class ActivateEvent(Event):
5133     """
5134     An activate event is sent when a top-level window or the entire
5135     application is being activated or deactivated.
5136
5137     A top-level window (a dialog or frame) receives an activate event when
5138     is being activated or deactivated. This is indicated visually by the
5139     title bar changing colour, and a subwindow gaining the keyboard focus.
5140     An application is activated or deactivated when one of its frames
5141     becomes activated, or a frame becomes inactivate resulting in all
5142     application frames being inactive.
5143
5144     Please note that usually you should call event.Skip() in your handlers
5145     for these events so the default handlers will still be called, as not
5146     doing so can result in strange effects.
5147
5148     """
5149     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5150     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5151     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5152         """
5153         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, bool active=True, int Id=0) -> ActivateEvent
5154
5155         Constructor
5156         """
5157         _core_.ActivateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ActivateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5158     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
5159         """
5160         GetActive(self) -> bool
5161
5162         Returns true if the application or window is being activated, false
5163         otherwise.
5164         """
5165         return _core_.ActivateEvent_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
5166
5167 _core_.ActivateEvent_swigregister(ActivateEvent)
5168
5169 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5170
5171 class InitDialogEvent(Event):
5172     """
5173     A wx.InitDialogEvent is sent as a dialog is being initialised, or for
5174     any window when `wx.Window.InitDialog` is called.  Handlers for this
5175     event can transfer data to the window, or anything else that should be
5176     done before the user begins editing the form. The default handler
5177     calls `wx.Window.TransferDataToWindow`.
5178     """
5179     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5180     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5181     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5182         """
5183         __init__(self, int Id=0) -> InitDialogEvent
5184
5185         Constructor
5186         """
5187         _core_.InitDialogEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InitDialogEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5188 _core_.InitDialogEvent_swigregister(InitDialogEvent)
5189
5190 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5191
5192 class MenuEvent(Event):
5193     """
5194     This class is used for a variety of menu-related events.  Note that
5195     these do not include menu command events, which are handled by sending
5196     `wx.CommandEvent` objects.
5197
5198     The default handler for wx.EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT displays menu item help
5199     text in the first field of the status bar.
5200     """
5201     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5202     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5203     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5204         """
5205         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Menu menu=None) -> MenuEvent
5206
5207         Constructor
5208         """
5209         _core_.MenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5210     def GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs):
5211         """
5212         GetMenuId(self) -> int
5213
5214         Returns the menu identifier associated with the event. This method
5215         should be only used with the HIGHLIGHT events.
5216         """
5217         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs)
5218
5219     def IsPopup(*args, **kwargs):
5220         """
5221         IsPopup(self) -> bool
5222
5223         Returns ``True`` if the menu which is being opened or closed is a
5224         popup menu, ``False`` if it is a normal one.  This method should only
5225         be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5226         """
5227         return _core_.MenuEvent_IsPopup(*args, **kwargs)
5228
5229     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
5230         """
5231         GetMenu(self) -> Menu
5232
5233         Returns the menu which is being opened or closed. This method should
5234         only be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5235         """
5236         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
5237
5238 _core_.MenuEvent_swigregister(MenuEvent)
5239
5240 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5241
5242 class CloseEvent(Event):
5243     """
5244     This event class contains information about window and session close
5245     events.
5246
5247     The handler function for EVT_CLOSE is called when the user has tried
5248     to close a a frame or dialog box using the window manager controls or
5249     the system menu. It can also be invoked by the application itself
5250     programmatically, for example by calling the `wx.Window.Close`
5251     function.
5252
5253     You should check whether the application is forcing the deletion of
5254     the window using `CanVeto`. If it returns ``False``, you must destroy
5255     the window using `wx.Window.Destroy`. If the return value is ``True``,
5256     it is up to you whether you respond by destroying the window or not.
5257     For example you may wish to display a message dialog prompting to save
5258     files or to cancel the close.
5259
5260     If you don't destroy the window, you should call `Veto` to let the
5261     calling code know that you did not destroy the window. This allows the
5262     `wx.Window.Close` function to return ``True`` or ``False`` depending
5263     on whether the close instruction was honored or not.
5264     """
5265     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5266     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5267     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5268         """
5269         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CloseEvent
5270
5271         Constructor.
5272         """
5273         _core_.CloseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CloseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5274     def SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5275         """
5276         SetLoggingOff(self, bool logOff)
5277
5278         Sets the 'logging off' flag.
5279         """
5280         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5281
5282     def GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5283         """
5284         GetLoggingOff(self) -> bool
5285
5286         Returns ``True`` if the user is logging off or ``False`` if the
5287         system is shutting down. This method can only be called for end
5288         session and query end session events, it doesn't make sense for close
5289         window event.
5290         """
5291         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5292
5293     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
5294         """
5295         Veto(self, bool veto=True)
5296
5297         Call this from your event handler to veto a system shutdown or to
5298         signal to the calling application that a window close did not happen.
5299
5300         You can only veto a shutdown or close if `CanVeto` returns true.
5301         """
5302         return _core_.CloseEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
5303
5304     def GetVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5305         """GetVeto(self) -> bool"""
5306         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5307
5308     def SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5309         """
5310         SetCanVeto(self, bool canVeto)
5311
5312         Sets the 'can veto' flag.
5313         """
5314         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5315
5316     def CanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5317         """
5318         CanVeto(self) -> bool
5319
5320         Returns true if you can veto a system shutdown or a window close
5321         event. Vetoing a window close event is not possible if the calling
5322         code wishes to force the application to exit, and so this function
5323         must be called to check this.
5324         """
5325         return _core_.CloseEvent_CanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5326
5327 _core_.CloseEvent_swigregister(CloseEvent)
5328
5329 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5330
5331 class ShowEvent(Event):
5332     """An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden."""
5333     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5334     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5335     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5336         """
5337         __init__(self, int winid=0, bool show=False) -> ShowEvent
5338
5339         An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden.
5340         """
5341         _core_.ShowEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ShowEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5342     def SetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5343         """SetShow(self, bool show)"""
5344         return _core_.ShowEvent_SetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5345
5346     def GetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5347         """GetShow(self) -> bool"""
5348         return _core_.ShowEvent_GetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5349
5350 _core_.ShowEvent_swigregister(ShowEvent)
5351
5352 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5353
5354 class IconizeEvent(Event):
5355     """
5356     An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5357     restored.
5358     """
5359     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5360     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5361     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5362         """
5363         __init__(self, int id=0, bool iconized=True) -> IconizeEvent
5364
5365         An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5366         restored.
5367         """
5368         _core_.IconizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IconizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5369     def Iconized(*args, **kwargs):
5370         """
5371         Iconized(self) -> bool
5372
5373         Returns ``True`` if the frame has been iconized, ``False`` if it has
5374         been restored.
5375         """
5376         return _core_.IconizeEvent_Iconized(*args, **kwargs)
5377
5378 _core_.IconizeEvent_swigregister(IconizeEvent)
5379
5380 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5381
5382 class MaximizeEvent(Event):
5383     """An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored."""
5384     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5385     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5386     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5387         """
5388         __init__(self, int id=0) -> MaximizeEvent
5389
5390         An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored.
5391         """
5392         _core_.MaximizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MaximizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5393 _core_.MaximizeEvent_swigregister(MaximizeEvent)
5394
5395 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5396
5397 class DropFilesEvent(Event):
5398     """
5399     This class is used for drop files events, that is, when files have
5400     been dropped onto the window. This functionality is only available
5401     under Windows. The window must have previously been enabled for
5402     dropping by calling `wx.Window.DragAcceptFiles`.
5403
5404     Important note: this is a separate implementation to the more general
5405     drag and drop implementation using `wx.FileDropTarget`, and etc. This
5406     implementation uses the older, Windows message-based approach of
5407     dropping files.
5408
5409     Use wx.EVT_DROP_FILES to bind an event handler to receive file drop
5410     events.
5411
5412     """
5413     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5414     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
5415     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5416     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5417         """
5418         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5419
5420         Returns the position at which the files were dropped.
5421         """
5422         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5423
5424     def GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs):
5425         """
5426         GetNumberOfFiles(self) -> int
5427
5428         Returns the number of files dropped.
5429         """
5430         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs)
5431
5432     def GetFiles(*args, **kwargs):
5433         """
5434         GetFiles(self) -> PyObject
5435
5436         Returns a list of the filenames that were dropped.
5437         """
5438         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetFiles(*args, **kwargs)
5439
5440 _core_.DropFilesEvent_swigregister(DropFilesEvent)
5441
5442 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5443
5444 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL
5445 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
5446 class UpdateUIEvent(CommandEvent):
5447     """
5448     This class is used for EVT_UPDATE_UI pseudo-events which are sent by
5449     wxWidgets to give an application the chance to update various user
5450     interface elements.
5451
5452     Without update UI events, an application has to work hard to
5453     check/uncheck, enable/disable, and set the text for elements such as
5454     menu items and toolbar buttons. The code for doing this has to be
5455     mixed up with the code that is invoked when an action is invoked for a
5456     menu item or button.
5457
5458     With update UI events, you define an event handler to look at the
5459     state of the application and change UI elements accordingly. wxWidgets
5460     will call your handler functions in idle time, so you don't have to
5461     worry where to call this code. In addition to being a clearer and more
5462     declarative method, it also means you don't have to worry whether
5463     you're updating a toolbar or menubar identifier. The same handler can
5464     update a menu item and toolbar button, if the ID values are the same.
5465
5466     Instead of directly manipulating the menu or button, you call
5467     functions in the event object, such as `Check`. wxWidgets will
5468     determine whether such a call has been made, and which UI element to
5469     update.
5470
5471     These events will work for popup menus as well as menubars. Just
5472     before a menu is popped up, `wx.Menu.UpdateUI` is called to process
5473     any UI events for the window that owns the menu.
5474
5475     If you find that the overhead of UI update processing is affecting
5476     your application, you can do one or both of the following:
5477
5478        1. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` with a value of
5479           wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and set the extra style
5480           wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS for every window that should
5481           receive update events. No other windows will receive update
5482           events.
5483
5484        2. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` with a millisecond
5485           value to set the delay between updates. You may need to call
5486           `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` at critical points, for example when
5487           a dialog is about to be shown, in case the user sees a slight
5488           delay before windows are updated.
5489
5490     Note that although events are sent in idle time, defining a EVT_IDLE
5491     handler for a window does not affect this because the events are sent
5492     from an internal idle handler.
5493
5494     wxWidgets tries to optimize update events on some platforms. On
5495     Windows and GTK+, events for menubar items are only sent when the menu
5496     is about to be shown, and not in idle time.
5497
5498     """
5499     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5500     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5501     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5502         """
5503         __init__(self, int commandId=0) -> UpdateUIEvent
5504
5505         Constructor
5506         """
5507         _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_UpdateUIEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5508     def GetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
5509         """
5510         GetChecked(self) -> bool
5511
5512         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be checked.
5513         """
5514         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
5515
5516     def GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
5517         """
5518         GetEnabled(self) -> bool
5519
5520         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be enabled.
5521         """
5522         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
5523
5524     def GetShown(*args, **kwargs):
5525         """
5526         GetShown(self) -> bool
5527
5528         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be shown.
5529         """
5530         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetShown(*args, **kwargs)
5531
5532     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
5533         """
5534         GetText(self) -> String
5535
5536         Returns the text that should be set for the UI element.
5537         """
5538         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
5539
5540     def GetSetText(*args, **kwargs):
5541         """
5542         GetSetText(self) -> bool
5543
5544         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `SetText`. For
5545         wxWidgets internal use only.
5546         """
5547         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetText(*args, **kwargs)
5548
5549     def GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
5550         """
5551         GetSetChecked(self) -> bool
5552
5553         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Check`. For wxWidgets
5554         internal use only.
5555         """
5556         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
5557
5558     def GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
5559         """
5560         GetSetEnabled(self) -> bool
5561
5562         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Enable`. For wxWidgets
5563         internal use only.
5564         """
5565         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
5566
5567     def GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs):
5568         """
5569         GetSetShown(self) -> bool
5570
5571         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Show`. For wxWidgets
5572         internal use only.
5573         """
5574         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs)
5575
5576     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
5577         """
5578         Check(self, bool check)
5579
5580         Check or uncheck the UI element.
5581         """
5582         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Check(*args, **kwargs)
5583
5584     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
5585         """
5586         Enable(self, bool enable)
5587
5588         Enable or disable the UI element.
5589         """
5590         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
5591
5592     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
5593         """
5594         Show(self, bool show)
5595
5596         Show or hide the UI element.
5597         """
5598         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Show(*args, **kwargs)
5599
5600     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
5601         """
5602         SetText(self, String text)
5603
5604         Sets the text for this UI element.
5605         """
5606         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
5607
5608     def SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5609         """
5610         SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
5611
5612         Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
5613         disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
5614         default is 0.
5615
5616         Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
5617         application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
5618         greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
5619         at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
5620         about to be shown.
5621         """
5622         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5623
5624     SetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(SetUpdateInterval)
5625     def GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5626         """
5627         GetUpdateInterval() -> long
5628
5629         Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
5630         disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
5631         """
5632         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5633
5634     GetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(GetUpdateInterval)
5635     def CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
5636         """
5637         CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
5638
5639         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
5640         to) this window.
5641
5642         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
5643         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
5644         events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
5645         determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
5646         this will always return true because the update mode is initially
5647         wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
5648         events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
5649         that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
5650         interval.
5651
5652         """
5653         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
5654
5655     CanUpdate = staticmethod(CanUpdate)
5656     def ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs):
5657         """
5658         ResetUpdateTime()
5659
5660         Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
5661         is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
5662         is called at the end of idle processing.
5663         """
5664         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs)
5665
5666     ResetUpdateTime = staticmethod(ResetUpdateTime)
5667     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5668         """
5669         SetMode(int mode)
5670
5671         Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
5672         to those which specify that they will process the events.
5673
5674         The mode may be one of the following values:
5675
5676             =============================   ==========================================
5677             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
5678                                             is the default setting.
5679             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
5680                                             have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
5681                                             style set.
5682             =============================   ==========================================
5683
5684         """
5685         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5686
5687     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
5688     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5689         """
5690         GetMode() -> int
5691
5692         Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
5693         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
5694         events.
5695         """
5696         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5697
5698     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
5699 _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swigregister(UpdateUIEvent)
5700
5701 def UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5702   """
5703     UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
5704
5705     Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
5706     disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
5707     default is 0.
5708
5709     Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
5710     application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
5711     greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
5712     at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
5713     about to be shown.
5714     """
5715   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5716
5717 def UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args):
5718   """
5719     UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval() -> long
5720
5721     Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
5722     disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
5723     """
5724   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args)
5725
5726 def UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
5727   """
5728     UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
5729
5730     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
5731     to) this window.
5732
5733     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
5734     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
5735     events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
5736     determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
5737     this will always return true because the update mode is initially
5738     wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
5739     events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
5740     that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
5741     interval.
5742
5743     """
5744   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
5745
5746 def UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args):
5747   """
5748     UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime()
5749
5750     Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
5751     is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
5752     is called at the end of idle processing.
5753     """
5754   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args)
5755
5756 def UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5757   """
5758     UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(int mode)
5759
5760     Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
5761     to those which specify that they will process the events.
5762
5763     The mode may be one of the following values:
5764
5765         =============================   ==========================================
5766         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
5767                                         is the default setting.
5768         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
5769                                         have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
5770                                         style set.
5771         =============================   ==========================================
5772
5773     """
5774   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5775
5776 def UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args):
5777   """
5778     UpdateUIEvent_GetMode() -> int
5779
5780     Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
5781     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
5782     events.
5783     """
5784   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args)
5785
5786 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5787
5788 class SysColourChangedEvent(Event):
5789     """
5790     This class is used for EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED, which are generated
5791     when the user changes the colour settings using the control
5792     panel. This is only applicable under Windows.
5793
5794     The default event handler for this event propagates the event to child
5795     windows, since Windows only sends the events to top-level windows. If
5796     intercepting this event for a top-level window, remember to call
5797     `Skip` so the the base class handler will still be executed, or to
5798     pass the event on to the window's children explicitly.
5799
5800     """
5801     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5802     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5803     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5804         """
5805         __init__(self) -> SysColourChangedEvent
5806
5807         Constructor
5808         """
5809         _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SysColourChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5810 _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swigregister(SysColourChangedEvent)
5811
5812 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5813
5814 class MouseCaptureChangedEvent(Event):
5815     """
5816     An mouse capture changed event (EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED) is sent to
5817     a window that loses its mouse capture. This is called even if
5818     `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` was called by the application code. Handling
5819     this event allows an application to cater for unexpected capture
5820     releases which might otherwise confuse mouse handling code.
5821
5822     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5823     """
5824     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5825     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5826     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5827         """
5828         __init__(self, int winid=0, Window gainedCapture=None) -> MouseCaptureChangedEvent
5829
5830         Constructor
5831         """
5832         _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseCaptureChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5833     def GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5834         """
5835         GetCapturedWindow(self) -> Window
5836
5837         Returns the window that gained the capture, or ``None`` if it was a
5838         non-wxWidgets window.
5839         """
5840         return _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5841
5842 _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureChangedEvent)
5843
5844 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5845
5846 class DisplayChangedEvent(Event):
5847     """
5848     An EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED event is sent to all windows when the display
5849     resolution has changed.
5850
5851     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5852     """
5853     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5854     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5855     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5856         """__init__(self) -> DisplayChangedEvent"""
5857         _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DisplayChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5858 _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swigregister(DisplayChangedEvent)
5859
5860 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5861
5862 class PaletteChangedEvent(Event):
5863     """
5864     An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
5865     changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
5866     match.
5867
5868     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5869     """
5870     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5871     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5872     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5873         """
5874         __init__(self, int id=0) -> PaletteChangedEvent
5875
5876         An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
5877         changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
5878         match.
5879
5880         This event is implemented under Windows only.
5881         """
5882         _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaletteChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5883     def SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5884         """SetChangedWindow(self, Window win)"""
5885         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5886
5887     def GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5888         """GetChangedWindow(self) -> Window"""
5889         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5890
5891 _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swigregister(PaletteChangedEvent)
5892
5893 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5894
5895 class QueryNewPaletteEvent(Event):
5896     """
5897     An EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETE event indicates the window is getting keyboard
5898     focus and should re-do its palette.
5899
5900     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5901     """
5902     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5903     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5904     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5905         """
5906         __init__(self, int winid=0) -> QueryNewPaletteEvent
5907
5908         Constructor.
5909         """
5910         _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_QueryNewPaletteEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5911     def SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
5912         """
5913         SetPaletteRealized(self, bool realized)
5914
5915         App should set this if it changes the palette.
5916         """
5917         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
5918
5919     def GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
5920         """GetPaletteRealized(self) -> bool"""
5921         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
5922
5923 _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swigregister(QueryNewPaletteEvent)
5924
5925 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5926
5927 class NavigationKeyEvent(Event):
5928     """
5929     EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY events are used to control moving the focus between
5930     widgets, otherwise known as tab-traversal.  You woudl normally not
5931     catch navigation events in applications as there are already
5932     appropriate handlers in `wx.Dialog` and `wx.Panel`, but you may find
5933     it useful to send navigation events in certain situations to change
5934     the focus in certain ways, although it's probably easier to just call
5935     `wx.Window.Navigate`.
5936     """
5937     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5938     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5939     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5940         """__init__(self) -> NavigationKeyEvent"""
5941         _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NavigationKeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5942     def GetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
5943         """
5944         GetDirection(self) -> bool
5945
5946         Returns ``True`` if the direction is forward, ``False`` otherwise.
5947         """
5948         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
5949
5950     def SetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
5951         """
5952         SetDirection(self, bool forward)
5953
5954         Specify the direction that the navigation should take.  Usually the
5955         difference between using Tab and Shift-Tab.
5956         """
5957         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
5958
5959     def IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
5960         """
5961         IsWindowChange(self) -> bool
5962
5963         Returns ``True`` if window change is allowed.
5964         """
5965         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
5966
5967     def SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
5968         """
5969         SetWindowChange(self, bool ischange)
5970
5971         Specify if the navigation should be able to change parent windows.
5972         For example, changing notebook pages, etc. This is usually implemented
5973         by using Control-Tab.
5974         """
5975         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
5976
5977     def IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
5978         """
5979         IsFromTab(self) -> bool
5980
5981         Returns ``True`` if the navigation event is originated from the Tab
5982         key.
5983         """
5984         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
5985
5986     def SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
5987         """
5988         SetFromTab(self, bool bIs)
5989
5990         Set to true under MSW if the event was generated using the tab key.
5991         This is required for proper navogation over radio buttons.
5992         """
5993         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
5994
5995     def SetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
5996         """
5997         SetFlags(self, long flags)
5998
5999         Set the navigation flags to a combination of the following:
6000
6001             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsBackward
6002             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward
6003             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.WinChange
6004             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.FromTab
6005
6006         """
6007         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
6008
6009     def GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6010         """
6011         GetCurrentFocus(self) -> Window
6012
6013         Returns the child window which currenty has the focus.  May be
6014         ``None``.
6015         """
6016         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6017
6018     def SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6019         """
6020         SetCurrentFocus(self, Window win)
6021
6022         Set the window that has the focus.
6023         """
6024         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6025
6026     IsBackward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsBackward
6027     IsForward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsForward
6028     WinChange = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_WinChange
6029     FromTab = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_FromTab
6030 _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swigregister(NavigationKeyEvent)
6031
6032 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6033
6034 class WindowCreateEvent(CommandEvent):
6035     """
6036     The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6037     underlying GUI object) exists.
6038     """
6039     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6040     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6041     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6042         """
6043         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowCreateEvent
6044
6045         The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6046         underlying GUI object) exists.
6047         """
6048         _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowCreateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6049     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6050         """
6051         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6052
6053         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6054         """
6055         return _core_.WindowCreateEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6056
6057 _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swigregister(WindowCreateEvent)
6058
6059 class WindowDestroyEvent(CommandEvent):
6060     """
6061     The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6062     when the GUI window is destroyed.
6063
6064     When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6065     have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6066     will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6067     received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6068     handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6069     notification of the destruction of another window.
6070     """
6071     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6072     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6073     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6074         """
6075         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowDestroyEvent
6076
6077         The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6078         when the GUI window is destroyed.
6079
6080         When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6081         have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6082         will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6083         received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6084         handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6085         notification of the destruction of another window.
6086         """
6087         _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowDestroyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6088     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6089         """
6090         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6091
6092         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6093         """
6094         return _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6095
6096 _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swigregister(WindowDestroyEvent)
6097
6098 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6099
6100 class ContextMenuEvent(CommandEvent):
6101     """
6102     This class is used for context menu events (EVT_CONTECT_MENU,) sent to
6103     give the application a chance to show a context (popup) menu.
6104     """
6105     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6106     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6107     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6108         """
6109         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Point pt=DefaultPosition) -> ContextMenuEvent
6110
6111         Constructor.
6112         """
6113         _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ContextMenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6114     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6115         """
6116         GetPosition(self) -> Point
6117
6118         Returns the position (in screen coordinants) at which the menu should
6119         be shown.
6120         """
6121         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6122
6123     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6124         """
6125         SetPosition(self, Point pos)
6126
6127         Sets the position at which the menu should be shown.
6128         """
6129         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6130
6131 _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swigregister(ContextMenuEvent)
6132
6133 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6134
6135 IDLE_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL
6136 IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
6137 class IdleEvent(Event):
6138     """
6139     This class is used for EVT_IDLE events, which are generated and sent
6140     when the application *becomes* idle.  In other words, the when the
6141     event queue becomes empty then idle events are sent to all windows (by
6142     default) and as long as none of them call `RequestMore` then there are
6143     no more idle events until after the system event queue has some normal
6144     events and then becomes empty again.
6145
6146     By default, idle events are sent to all windows. If this is causing a
6147     significant overhead in your application, you can call
6148     `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode` with the value wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and
6149     set the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style for every window
6150     which should receive idle events.  Then idle events will only be sent
6151     to those windows and not to any others.
6152     """
6153     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6154     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6155     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6156         """
6157         __init__(self) -> IdleEvent
6158
6159         Constructor
6160         """
6161         _core_.IdleEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IdleEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6162     def RequestMore(*args, **kwargs):
6163         """
6164         RequestMore(self, bool needMore=True)
6165
6166         Tells wxWidgets that more processing is required. This function can be
6167         called by an EVT_IDLE handler for a window to indicate that the
6168         application should forward the EVT_IDLE event once more to the
6169         application windows. If no window calls this function during its
6170         EVT_IDLE handler, then the application will remain in a passive event
6171         loop until a new event is posted to the application by the windowing
6172         system.
6173         """
6174         return _core_.IdleEvent_RequestMore(*args, **kwargs)
6175
6176     def MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs):
6177         """
6178         MoreRequested(self) -> bool
6179
6180         Returns ``True`` if the OnIdle function processing this event
6181         requested more processing time.
6182         """
6183         return _core_.IdleEvent_MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs)
6184
6185     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6186         """
6187         SetMode(int mode)
6188
6189         Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6190         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6191         events.
6192
6193         The mode can be one of the following values:
6194
6195             =========================   ========================================
6196             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6197             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6198                                         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6199                                         flag set.
6200             =========================   ========================================
6201
6202         """
6203         return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6204
6205     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
6206     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6207         """
6208         GetMode() -> int
6209
6210         Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6211         idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6212         will process the events.
6213         """
6214         return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6215
6216     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
6217     def CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6218         """
6219         CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6220
6221         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6222         window.
6223
6224         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6225         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6226         events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6227         return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6228         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6229         to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6230         """
6231         return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6232
6233     CanSend = staticmethod(CanSend)
6234 _core_.IdleEvent_swigregister(IdleEvent)
6235
6236 def IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6237   """
6238     IdleEvent_SetMode(int mode)
6239
6240     Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6241     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6242     events.
6243
6244     The mode can be one of the following values:
6245
6246         =========================   ========================================
6247         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6248         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6249                                     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6250                                     flag set.
6251         =========================   ========================================
6252
6253     """
6254   return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6255
6256 def IdleEvent_GetMode(*args):
6257   """
6258     IdleEvent_GetMode() -> int
6259
6260     Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6261     idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6262     will process the events.
6263     """
6264   return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args)
6265
6266 def IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6267   """
6268     IdleEvent_CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6269
6270     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6271     window.
6272
6273     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6274     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6275     events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6276     return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6277     wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6278     to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6279     """
6280   return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6281
6282 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6283
6284 class ClipboardTextEvent(CommandEvent):
6285     """
6286     A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text
6287     copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data
6288     from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a
6289     popup menu command, etc.  NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT*
6290     generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control.
6291     """
6292     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6293     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6294     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6295         """
6296         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> ClipboardTextEvent
6297
6298         A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text
6299         copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data
6300         from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a
6301         popup menu command, etc.  NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT*
6302         generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control.
6303         """
6304         _core_.ClipboardTextEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ClipboardTextEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6305 _core_.ClipboardTextEvent_swigregister(ClipboardTextEvent)
6306
6307 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6308
6309 class PyEvent(Event):
6310     """
6311     wx.PyEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom event
6312     types in Python.  You should derived from this class instead of
6313     `wx.Event` because this class is Python-aware and is able to transport
6314     its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event system and have
6315     them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6316
6317     :see: `wx.PyCommandEvent`
6318
6319     """
6320     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6321     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6322     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6323         """__init__(self, int winid=0, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> PyEvent"""
6324         _core_.PyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6325         self._SetSelf(self)
6326
6327     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyEvent
6328     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6329     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6330         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6331         return _core_.PyEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6332
6333     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6334         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6335         return _core_.PyEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6336
6337 _core_.PyEvent_swigregister(PyEvent)
6338
6339 class PyCommandEvent(CommandEvent):
6340     """
6341     wx.PyCommandEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom
6342     event types in Python, where the event shoudl travel up to parent
6343     windows looking for a handler.  You should derived from this class
6344     instead of `wx.CommandEvent` because this class is Python-aware and is
6345     able to transport its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event
6346     system and have them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6347
6348     :see: `wx.PyEvent`
6349
6350     """
6351     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6352     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6353     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6354         """__init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL, int id=0) -> PyCommandEvent"""
6355         _core_.PyCommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6356         self._SetSelf(self)
6357
6358     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyCommandEvent
6359     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6360     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6361         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6362         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6363
6364     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6365         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6366         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6367
6368 _core_.PyCommandEvent_swigregister(PyCommandEvent)
6369
6370 class DateEvent(CommandEvent):
6371     """
6372     This event class holds information about a date change event and is
6373     used together with `wx.DatePickerCtrl`. It also serves as a base class
6374     for `wx.calendar.CalendarEvent`.  Bind these event types with
6375     EVT_DATE_CHANGED.
6376     """
6377     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6378     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6379     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6380         """__init__(self, Window win, DateTime dt, EventType type) -> DateEvent"""
6381         _core_.DateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6382     def GetDate(*args, **kwargs):
6383         """
6384         GetDate(self) -> DateTime
6385
6386         Returns the date.
6387         """
6388         return _core_.DateEvent_GetDate(*args, **kwargs)
6389
6390     def SetDate(*args, **kwargs):
6391         """
6392         SetDate(self, DateTime date)
6393
6394         Sets the date carried by the event, normally only used by the library
6395         internally.
6396         """
6397         return _core_.DateEvent_SetDate(*args, **kwargs)
6398
6399 _core_.DateEvent_swigregister(DateEvent)
6400
6401 wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED
6402 EVT_DATE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED, 1 )
6403
6404 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6405
6406 PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS
6407 PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION
6408 PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG
6409 PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG
6410 PRINT_WINDOWS = _core_.PRINT_WINDOWS
6411 PRINT_POSTSCRIPT = _core_.PRINT_POSTSCRIPT
6412 class PyApp(EvtHandler):
6413     """
6414     The ``wx.PyApp`` class is an *implementation detail*, please use the
6415     `wx.App` class (or some other derived class) instead.
6416     """
6417     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6418     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6419     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6420         """
6421         __init__(self) -> PyApp
6422
6423         Create a new application object, starting the bootstrap process.
6424         """
6425         _core_.PyApp_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyApp(*args, **kwargs))
6426         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PyApp, False)
6427         self._setOORInfo(self, False)
6428
6429     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyApp
6430     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6431     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
6432         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, bool incref)"""
6433         return _core_.PyApp__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
6434
6435     def GetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
6436         """
6437         GetAppName(self) -> String
6438
6439         Get the application name.
6440         """
6441         return _core_.PyApp_GetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
6442
6443     def SetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
6444         """
6445         SetAppName(self, String name)
6446
6447         Set the application name. This value may be used automatically by
6448         `wx.Config` and such.
6449         """
6450         return _core_.PyApp_SetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
6451
6452     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
6453         """
6454         GetClassName(self) -> String
6455
6456         Get the application's class name.
6457         """
6458         return _core_.PyApp_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
6459
6460     def SetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
6461         """
6462         SetClassName(self, String name)
6463
6464         Set the application's class name. This value may be used for
6465         X-resources if applicable for the platform
6466         """
6467         return _core_.PyApp_SetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
6468
6469     def GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
6470         """
6471         GetVendorName(self) -> String
6472
6473         Get the application's vendor name.
6474         """
6475         return _core_.PyApp_GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
6476
6477     def SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
6478         """
6479         SetVendorName(self, String name)
6480
6481         Set the application's vendor name. This value may be used
6482         automatically by `wx.Config` and such.
6483         """
6484         return _core_.PyApp_SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
6485
6486     def GetTraits(*args, **kwargs):
6487         """
6488         GetTraits(self) -> wxAppTraits
6489
6490         Return (and create if necessary) the app traits object to which we
6491         delegate for everything which either should be configurable by the
6492         user (then he can change the default behaviour simply by overriding
6493         CreateTraits() and returning his own traits object) or which is
6494         GUI/console dependent as then wx.AppTraits allows us to abstract the
6495         differences behind the common facade.
6496
6497         :todo: Add support for overriding CreateAppTraits in wxPython.
6498         """
6499         return _core_.PyApp_GetTraits(*args, **kwargs)
6500
6501     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
6502         """
6503         ProcessPendingEvents(self)
6504
6505         Process all events in the Pending Events list -- it is necessary to
6506         call this function to process posted events. This normally happens
6507         during each event loop iteration.
6508         """
6509         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
6510
6511     def Yield(*args, **kwargs):
6512         """
6513         Yield(self, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
6514
6515         Process all currently pending events right now, instead of waiting
6516         until return to the event loop.  It is an error to call ``Yield``
6517         recursively unless the value of ``onlyIfNeeded`` is True.
6518
6519         :warning: This function is dangerous as it can lead to unexpected
6520               reentrancies (i.e. when called from an event handler it may
6521               result in calling the same event handler again), use with
6522               extreme care or, better, don't use at all!
6523
6524         :see: `wx.Yield`, `wx.YieldIfNeeded`, `wx.SafeYield`
6525
6526         """
6527         return _core_.PyApp_Yield(*args, **kwargs)
6528
6529     def WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs):
6530         """
6531         WakeUpIdle(self)
6532
6533         Make sure that idle events are sent again.
6534         :see: `wx.WakeUpIdle`
6535         """
6536         return _core_.PyApp_WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs)
6537
6538     def IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs):
6539         """
6540         IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
6541
6542         Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
6543         currently be dispatched.
6544         """
6545         return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs)
6546
6547     IsMainLoopRunning = staticmethod(IsMainLoopRunning)
6548     def MainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
6549         """
6550         MainLoop(self) -> int
6551
6552         Execute the main GUI loop, the function doesn't normally return until
6553         all top level windows have been closed and destroyed.
6554         """
6555         return _core_.PyApp_MainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
6556
6557     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
6558         """
6559         Exit(self)
6560
6561         Exit the main loop thus terminating the application.
6562         :see: `wx.Exit`
6563         """
6564         return _core_.PyApp_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
6565
6566     def ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
6567         """
6568         ExitMainLoop(self)
6569
6570         Exit the main GUI loop during the next iteration of the main
6571         loop, (i.e. it does not stop the program immediately!)
6572         """
6573         return _core_.PyApp_ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
6574
6575     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
6576         """
6577         Pending(self) -> bool
6578
6579         Returns True if there are unprocessed events in the event queue.
6580         """
6581         return _core_.PyApp_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
6582
6583     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
6584         """
6585         Dispatch(self) -> bool
6586
6587         Process the first event in the event queue (blocks until an event
6588         appears if there are none currently)
6589         """
6590         return _core_.PyApp_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
6591
6592     def ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs):
6593         """
6594         ProcessIdle(self) -> bool
6595
6596         Called from the MainLoop when the application becomes idle (there are
6597         no pending events) and sends a `wx.IdleEvent` to all interested
6598         parties.  Returns True if more idle events are needed, False if not.
6599         """
6600         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs)
6601
6602     def SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs):
6603         """
6604         SendIdleEvents(self, Window win, IdleEvent event) -> bool
6605
6606         Send idle event to window and all subwindows.  Returns True if more
6607         idle time is requested.
6608         """
6609         return _core_.PyApp_SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs)
6610
6611     def IsActive(*args, **kwargs):
6612         """
6613         IsActive(self) -> bool
6614
6615         Return True if our app has focus.
6616         """
6617         return _core_.PyApp_IsActive(*args, **kwargs)
6618
6619     def SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6620         """
6621         SetTopWindow(self, Window win)
6622
6623         Set the *main* top level window
6624         """
6625         return _core_.PyApp_SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6626
6627     def GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6628         """
6629         GetTopWindow(self) -> Window
6630
6631         Return the *main* top level window (if it hadn't been set previously
6632         with SetTopWindow(), will return just some top level window and, if
6633         there not any, will return None)
6634         """
6635         return _core_.PyApp_GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6636
6637     def SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
6638         """
6639         SetExitOnFrameDelete(self, bool flag)
6640
6641         Control the exit behaviour: by default, the program will exit the main
6642         loop (and so, usually, terminate) when the last top-level program
6643         window is deleted.  Beware that if you disable this behaviour (with
6644         SetExitOnFrameDelete(False)), you'll have to call ExitMainLoop()
6645         explicitly from somewhere.
6646         """
6647         return _core_.PyApp_SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
6648
6649     def GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
6650         """
6651         GetExitOnFrameDelete(self) -> bool
6652
6653         Get the current exit behaviour setting.
6654         """
6655         return _core_.PyApp_GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
6656
6657     def SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
6658         """
6659         SetUseBestVisual(self, bool flag)
6660
6661         Set whether the app should try to use the best available visual on
6662         systems where more than one is available, (Sun, SGI, XFree86 4, etc.)
6663         """
6664         return _core_.PyApp_SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
6665
6666     def GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
6667         """
6668         GetUseBestVisual(self) -> bool
6669
6670         Get current UseBestVisual setting.
6671         """
6672         return _core_.PyApp_GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
6673
6674     def SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
6675         """SetPrintMode(self, int mode)"""
6676         return _core_.PyApp_SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
6677
6678     def GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
6679         """GetPrintMode(self) -> int"""
6680         return _core_.PyApp_GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
6681
6682     def SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
6683         """
6684         SetAssertMode(self, int mode)
6685
6686         Set the OnAssert behaviour for debug and hybrid builds.
6687         """
6688         return _core_.PyApp_SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
6689
6690     def GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
6691         """
6692         GetAssertMode(self) -> int
6693
6694         Get the current OnAssert behaviour setting.
6695         """
6696         return _core_.PyApp_GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
6697
6698     def GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6699         """GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
6700         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6701
6702     GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
6703     def GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6704         """GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
6705         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6706
6707     GetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacAboutMenuItemId)
6708     def GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6709         """GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
6710         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6711
6712     GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
6713     def GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6714         """GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
6715         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6716
6717     GetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacExitMenuItemId)
6718     def GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6719         """GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
6720         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6721
6722     GetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(GetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
6723     def SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6724         """SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
6725         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6726
6727     SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
6728     def SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6729         """SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
6730         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6731
6732     SetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacAboutMenuItemId)
6733     def SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6734         """SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
6735         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6736
6737     SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
6738     def SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6739         """SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
6740         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6741
6742     SetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacExitMenuItemId)
6743     def SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6744         """SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
6745         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6746
6747     SetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(SetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
6748     def _BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs):
6749         """
6750         _BootstrapApp(self)
6751
6752         For internal use only
6753         """
6754         return _core_.PyApp__BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs)
6755
6756     def GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs):
6757         """
6758         GetComCtl32Version() -> int
6759
6760         Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
6761         it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
6762         """
6763         return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs)
6764
6765     GetComCtl32Version = staticmethod(GetComCtl32Version)
6766 _core_.PyApp_swigregister(PyApp)
6767
6768 def PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args):
6769   """
6770     PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
6771
6772     Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
6773     currently be dispatched.
6774     """
6775   return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args)
6776
6777 def PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args):
6778   """PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
6779   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args)
6780
6781 def PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args):
6782   """PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
6783   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args)
6784
6785 def PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args):
6786   """PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
6787   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args)
6788
6789 def PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args):
6790   """PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
6791   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args)
6792
6793 def PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args):
6794   """PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
6795   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args)
6796
6797 def PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6798   """PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
6799   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6800
6801 def PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6802   """PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
6803   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6804
6805 def PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6806   """PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
6807   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6808
6809 def PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6810   """PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
6811   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6812
6813 def PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6814   """PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
6815   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6816
6817 def PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args):
6818   """
6819     PyApp_GetComCtl32Version() -> int
6820
6821     Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
6822     it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
6823     """
6824   return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args)
6825
6826 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6827
6828
6829 def Exit(*args):
6830   """
6831     Exit()
6832
6833     Force an exit of the application.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Exit()
6834     """
6835   return _core_.Exit(*args)
6836
6837 def Yield(*args):
6838   """
6839     Yield() -> bool
6840
6841     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield()
6842     """
6843   return _core_.Yield(*args)
6844
6845 def YieldIfNeeded(*args):
6846   """
6847     YieldIfNeeded() -> bool
6848
6849     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield(True)
6850     """
6851   return _core_.YieldIfNeeded(*args)
6852
6853 def SafeYield(*args, **kwargs):
6854   """
6855     SafeYield(Window win=None, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
6856
6857     This function is similar to `wx.Yield`, except that it disables the
6858     user input to all program windows before calling `wx.Yield` and
6859     re-enables it again afterwards. If ``win`` is not None, this window
6860     will remain enabled, allowing the implementation of some limited user
6861     interaction.
6862
6863     :Returns: the result of the call to `wx.Yield`.
6864     """
6865   return _core_.SafeYield(*args, **kwargs)
6866
6867 def WakeUpIdle(*args):
6868   """
6869     WakeUpIdle()
6870
6871     Cause the message queue to become empty again, so idle events will be
6872     sent.
6873     """
6874   return _core_.WakeUpIdle(*args)
6875
6876 def PostEvent(*args, **kwargs):
6877   """
6878     PostEvent(EvtHandler dest, Event event)
6879
6880     Send an event to a window or other wx.EvtHandler to be processed
6881     later.
6882     """
6883   return _core_.PostEvent(*args, **kwargs)
6884
6885 def App_CleanUp(*args):
6886   """
6887     App_CleanUp()
6888
6889     For internal use only, it is used to cleanup after wxWidgets when
6890     Python shuts down.
6891     """
6892   return _core_.App_CleanUp(*args)
6893
6894 def GetApp(*args):
6895   """
6896     GetApp() -> PyApp
6897
6898     Return a reference to the current wx.App object.
6899     """
6900   return _core_.GetApp(*args)
6901
6902 def SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs):
6903   """
6904     SetDefaultPyEncoding(string encoding)
6905
6906     Sets the encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to convert a
6907     Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
6908
6909     The default encoding is the value of ``locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]``
6910     but please be aware that the default encoding within the same locale
6911     may be slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please
6912     see http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
6913     between the common latin/roman encodings.
6914     """
6915   return _core_.SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs)
6916
6917 def GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args):
6918   """
6919     GetDefaultPyEncoding() -> string
6920
6921     Gets the current encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to
6922     convert a Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
6923     """
6924   return _core_.GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args)
6925 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
6926
6927 class PyOnDemandOutputWindow:
6928     """
6929     A class that can be used for redirecting Python's stdout and
6930     stderr streams.  It will do nothing until something is wrriten to
6931     the stream at which point it will create a Frame with a text area
6932     and write the text there.
6933     """
6934     def __init__(self, title = "wxPython: stdout/stderr"):
6935         self.frame  = None
6936         self.title  = title
6937         self.pos    = wx.DefaultPosition
6938         self.size   = (450, 300)
6939         self.parent = None
6940
6941     def SetParent(self, parent):
6942         """Set the window to be used as the popup Frame's parent."""
6943         self.parent = parent
6944
6945
6946     def CreateOutputWindow(self, st):
6947         self.frame = wx.Frame(self.parent, -1, self.title, self.pos, self.size,
6948                               style=wx.DEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE)
6949         self.text  = wx.TextCtrl(self.frame, -1, "",
6950                                  style=wx.TE_MULTILINE|wx.TE_READONLY)
6951         self.text.AppendText(st)
6952         self.frame.Show(True)
6953         self.frame.Bind(wx.EVT_CLOSE, self.OnCloseWindow)
6954
6955
6956     def OnCloseWindow(self, event):
6957         if self.frame is not None:
6958             self.frame.Destroy()
6959         self.frame = None
6960         self.text  = None
6961
6962
6963     # These methods provide the file-like output behaviour.
6964     def write(self, text):
6965         """
6966         Create the output window if needed and write the string to it.
6967         If not called in the context of the gui thread then uses
6968         CallAfter to do the work there.
6969         """
6970         if self.frame is None:
6971             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
6972                 wx.CallAfter(self.CreateOutputWindow, text)
6973             else:
6974                 self.CreateOutputWindow(text)
6975         else:
6976             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
6977                 wx.CallAfter(self.text.AppendText, text)
6978             else:
6979                 self.text.AppendText(text)
6980
6981
6982     def close(self):
6983         if self.frame is not None:
6984             wx.CallAfter(self.frame.Close)
6985
6986
6987     def flush(self):
6988         pass
6989
6990
6991
6992 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
6993
6994 _defRedirect = (wx.Platform == '__WXMSW__' or wx.Platform == '__WXMAC__')
6995
6996 class App(wx.PyApp):
6997     """
6998     The ``wx.App`` class represents the application and is used to:
6999
7000       * bootstrap the wxPython system and initialize the underlying
7001         gui toolkit
7002       * set and get application-wide properties
7003       * implement the windowing system main message or event loop,
7004         and to dispatch events to window instances
7005       * etc.
7006
7007     Every application must have a ``wx.App`` instance, and all
7008     creation of UI objects should be delayed until after the
7009     ``wx.App`` object has been created in order to ensure that the gui
7010     platform and wxWidgets have been fully initialized.
7011
7012     Normally you would derive from this class and implement an
7013     ``OnInit`` method that creates a frame and then calls
7014     ``self.SetTopWindow(frame)``.
7015
7016     :see: `wx.PySimpleApp` for a simpler app class that can be used
7017            directly.
7018     """
7019
7020     outputWindowClass = PyOnDemandOutputWindow
7021
7022     def __init__(self, redirect=_defRedirect, filename=None,
7023                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7024         """
7025         Construct a ``wx.App`` object.
7026
7027         :param redirect: Should ``sys.stdout`` and ``sys.stderr`` be
7028             redirected?  Defaults to True on Windows and Mac, False
7029             otherwise.  If `filename` is None then output will be
7030             redirected to a window that pops up as needed.  (You can
7031             control what kind of window is created for the output by
7032             resetting the class variable ``outputWindowClass`` to a
7033             class of your choosing.)
7034
7035         :param filename: The name of a file to redirect output to, if
7036             redirect is True.
7037
7038         :param useBestVisual: Should the app try to use the best
7039             available visual provided by the system (only relevant on
7040             systems that have more than one visual.)  This parameter
7041             must be used instead of calling `SetUseBestVisual` later
7042             on because it must be set before the underlying GUI
7043             toolkit is initialized.
7044
7045         :param clearSigInt: Should SIGINT be cleared?  This allows the
7046             app to terminate upon a Ctrl-C in the console like other
7047             GUI apps will.
7048
7049         :note: You should override OnInit to do applicaition
7050             initialization to ensure that the system, toolkit and
7051             wxWidgets are fully initialized.
7052         """
7053         wx.PyApp.__init__(self)
7054
7055         if wx.Platform == "__WXMAC__":
7056             try:
7057                 import MacOS
7058                 if not MacOS.WMAvailable():
7059                     print """\
7060 This program needs access to the screen. Please run with 'pythonw',
7061 not 'python', and only when you are logged in on the main display of
7062 your Mac."""
7063                     _sys.exit(1)
7064             except SystemExit:
7065                 raise
7066             except:
7067                 pass
7068
7069         # This has to be done before OnInit
7070         self.SetUseBestVisual(useBestVisual)
7071
7072         # Set the default handler for SIGINT.  This fixes a problem
7073         # where if Ctrl-C is pressed in the console that started this
7074         # app then it will not appear to do anything, (not even send
7075         # KeyboardInterrupt???)  but will later segfault on exit.  By
7076         # setting the default handler then the app will exit, as
7077         # expected (depending on platform.)
7078         if clearSigInt:
7079             try:
7080                 import signal
7081                 signal.signal(signal.SIGINT, signal.SIG_DFL)
7082             except:
7083                 pass
7084
7085         # Save and redirect the stdio to a window?
7086         self.stdioWin = None
7087         self.saveStdio = (_sys.stdout, _sys.stderr)
7088         if redirect:
7089             self.RedirectStdio(filename)
7090
7091         # Use Python's install prefix as the default
7092         wx.StandardPaths.Get().SetInstallPrefix(_sys.prefix)
7093
7094         # This finishes the initialization of wxWindows and then calls
7095         # the OnInit that should be present in the derived class
7096         self._BootstrapApp()
7097
7098
7099     def OnPreInit(self):
7100         """
7101         Things that must be done after _BootstrapApp has done its
7102         thing, but would be nice if they were already done by the time
7103         that OnInit is called.
7104         """
7105         wx.StockGDI._initStockObjects()
7106
7107
7108     def __del__(self, destroy=wx.PyApp.__del__):
7109         self.RestoreStdio()  # Just in case the MainLoop was overridden
7110         destroy(self)
7111
7112     def Destroy(self):
7113         wx.PyApp.Destroy(self)
7114         self.thisown = 0
7115
7116     def SetTopWindow(self, frame):
7117         """Set the \"main\" top level window"""
7118         if self.stdioWin:
7119             self.stdioWin.SetParent(frame)
7120         wx.PyApp.SetTopWindow(self, frame)
7121
7122
7123     def MainLoop(self):
7124         """Execute the main GUI event loop"""
7125         wx.PyApp.MainLoop(self)
7126         self.RestoreStdio()
7127
7128
7129     def RedirectStdio(self, filename=None):
7130         """Redirect sys.stdout and sys.stderr to a file or a popup window."""
7131         if filename:
7132             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = open(filename, 'a')
7133         else:
7134             self.stdioWin = self.outputWindowClass()
7135             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = self.stdioWin
7136
7137
7138     def RestoreStdio(self):
7139         try:
7140             _sys.stdout, _sys.stderr = self.saveStdio
7141         except:
7142             pass
7143
7144
7145     def SetOutputWindowAttributes(self, title=None, pos=None, size=None):
7146         """
7147         Set the title, position and/or size of the output window if
7148         the stdio has been redirected.  This should be called before
7149         any output would cause the output window to be created.
7150         """
7151         if self.stdioWin:
7152             if title is not None:
7153                 self.stdioWin.title = title
7154             if pos is not None:
7155                 self.stdioWin.pos = pos
7156             if size is not None:
7157                 self.stdioWin.size = size
7158
7159
7160
7161
7162 # change from wx.PyApp_XX to wx.App_XX
7163 App_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7164 App_GetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId
7165 App_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7166 App_GetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId
7167 App_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7168 App_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7169 App_SetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId
7170 App_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7171 App_SetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId
7172 App_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7173 App_GetComCtl32Version           = _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version
7174
7175 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7176
7177 class PySimpleApp(wx.App):
7178     """
7179     A simple application class.  You can just create one of these and
7180     then then make your top level windows later, and not have to worry
7181     about OnInit.  For example::
7182
7183         app = wx.PySimpleApp()
7184         frame = wx.Frame(None, title='Hello World')
7185         frame.Show()
7186         app.MainLoop()
7187
7188     :see: `wx.App`
7189     """
7190
7191     def __init__(self, redirect=False, filename=None,
7192                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7193         """
7194         :see: `wx.App.__init__`
7195         """
7196         wx.App.__init__(self, redirect, filename, useBestVisual, clearSigInt)
7197
7198     def OnInit(self):
7199         return True
7200
7201
7202
7203 # Is anybody using this one?
7204 class PyWidgetTester(wx.App):
7205     def __init__(self, size = (250, 100)):
7206         self.size = size
7207         wx.App.__init__(self, 0)
7208
7209     def OnInit(self):
7210         self.frame = wx.Frame(None, -1, "Widget Tester", pos=(0,0), size=self.size)
7211         self.SetTopWindow(self.frame)
7212         return True
7213
7214     def SetWidget(self, widgetClass, *args, **kwargs):
7215         w = widgetClass(self.frame, *args, **kwargs)
7216         self.frame.Show(True)
7217
7218 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7219 # DO NOT hold any other references to this object.  This is how we
7220 # know when to cleanup system resources that wxWidgets is holding.  When
7221 # the sys module is unloaded, the refcount on sys.__wxPythonCleanup
7222 # goes to zero and it calls the wx.App_CleanUp function.
7223
7224 class __wxPyCleanup:
7225     def __init__(self):
7226         self.cleanup = _core_.App_CleanUp
7227     def __del__(self):
7228         self.cleanup()
7229
7230 _sys.__wxPythonCleanup = __wxPyCleanup()
7231
7232 ## # another possible solution, but it gets called too early...
7233 ## import atexit
7234 ## atexit.register(_core_.wxApp_CleanUp)
7235
7236
7237 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7238
7239 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7240
7241 class EventLoop(object):
7242     """Proxy of C++ EventLoop class"""
7243     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7244     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7245     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7246         """__init__(self) -> EventLoop"""
7247         _core_.EventLoop_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoop(*args, **kwargs))
7248     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoop
7249     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7250     def Run(*args, **kwargs):
7251         """Run(self) -> int"""
7252         return _core_.EventLoop_Run(*args, **kwargs)
7253
7254     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
7255         """Exit(self, int rc=0)"""
7256         return _core_.EventLoop_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
7257
7258     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
7259         """Pending(self) -> bool"""
7260         return _core_.EventLoop_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
7261
7262     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
7263         """Dispatch(self) -> bool"""
7264         return _core_.EventLoop_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
7265
7266     def IsRunning(*args, **kwargs):
7267         """IsRunning(self) -> bool"""
7268         return _core_.EventLoop_IsRunning(*args, **kwargs)
7269
7270     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7271         """GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7272         return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7273
7274     GetActive = staticmethod(GetActive)
7275     def SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7276         """SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7277         return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7278
7279     SetActive = staticmethod(SetActive)
7280 _core_.EventLoop_swigregister(EventLoop)
7281
7282 def EventLoop_GetActive(*args):
7283   """EventLoop_GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7284   return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args)
7285
7286 def EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7287   """EventLoop_SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7288   return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7289
7290 class EventLoopActivator(object):
7291     """Proxy of C++ EventLoopActivator class"""
7292     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7293     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7294     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7295         """__init__(self, EventLoop evtLoop) -> EventLoopActivator"""
7296         _core_.EventLoopActivator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoopActivator(*args, **kwargs))
7297     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoopActivator
7298     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7299 _core_.EventLoopActivator_swigregister(EventLoopActivator)
7300
7301 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7302
7303 class AcceleratorEntry(object):
7304     """
7305     A class used to define items in an `wx.AcceleratorTable`.  wxPython
7306     programs can choose to use wx.AcceleratorEntry objects, but using a
7307     list of 3-tuple of integers (flags, keyCode, cmdID) usually works just
7308     as well.  See `__init__` for  of the tuple values.
7309
7310     :see: `wx.AcceleratorTable`
7311     """
7312     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7313     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7314     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7315         """
7316         __init__(self, int flags=0, int keyCode=0, int cmdID=0) -> AcceleratorEntry
7317
7318         Construct a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
7319         """
7320         _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorEntry(*args, **kwargs))
7321     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorEntry
7322     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7323     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
7324         """
7325         Set(self, int flags, int keyCode, int cmd)
7326
7327         (Re)set the attributes of a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
7328         :see `__init__`
7329         """
7330         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Set(*args, **kwargs)
7331
7332     def GetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
7333         """
7334         GetFlags(self) -> int
7335
7336         Get the AcceleratorEntry's flags.
7337         """
7338         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
7339
7340     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
7341         """
7342         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
7343
7344         Get the AcceleratorEntry's keycode.
7345         """
7346         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
7347
7348     def GetCommand(*args, **kwargs):
7349         """
7350         GetCommand(self) -> int
7351
7352         Get the AcceleratorEntry's command ID.
7353         """
7354         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetCommand(*args, **kwargs)
7355
7356 _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swigregister(AcceleratorEntry)
7357
7358 class AcceleratorTable(Object):
7359     """
7360     An accelerator table allows the application to specify a table of
7361     keyboard shortcuts for menus or other commands. On Windows, menu or
7362     button commands are supported; on GTK, only menu commands are
7363     supported.
7364     """
7365     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7366     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7367     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7368         """
7369         __init__(entries) -> AcceleratorTable
7370
7371         Construct an AcceleratorTable from a list of `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
7372         items or or of 3-tuples (flags, keyCode, cmdID)
7373
7374         :see: `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
7375         """
7376         _core_.AcceleratorTable_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs))
7377     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorTable
7378     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7379     def Ok(*args, **kwargs):
7380         """Ok(self) -> bool"""
7381         return _core_.AcceleratorTable_Ok(*args, **kwargs)
7382
7383 _core_.AcceleratorTable_swigregister(AcceleratorTable)
7384
7385
7386 def GetAccelFromString(*args, **kwargs):
7387   """GetAccelFromString(String label) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
7388   return _core_.GetAccelFromString(*args, **kwargs)
7389 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7390
7391 class VisualAttributes(object):
7392     """struct containing all the visual attributes of a control"""
7393     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7394     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7395     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7396         """
7397         __init__(self) -> VisualAttributes
7398
7399         struct containing all the visual attributes of a control
7400         """
7401         _core_.VisualAttributes_swiginit(self,_core_.new_VisualAttributes(*args, **kwargs))
7402     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_VisualAttributes
7403     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7404     font = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_font_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_font_set)
7405     colFg = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_colFg_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_colFg_set)
7406     colBg = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_colBg_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_colBg_set)
7407 _core_.VisualAttributes_swigregister(VisualAttributes)
7408 NullAcceleratorTable = cvar.NullAcceleratorTable
7409 PanelNameStr = cvar.PanelNameStr
7410
7411 WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL
7412 WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL
7413 WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI
7414 WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE
7415 WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX
7416 class Window(EvtHandler):
7417     """
7418     wx.Window is the base class for all windows and represents any visible
7419     object on the screen. All controls, top level windows and so on are
7420     wx.Windows. Sizers and device contexts are not however, as they don't
7421     appear on screen themselves.
7422
7423     """
7424     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7425     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7426     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7427         """
7428         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
7429             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> Window
7430
7431         Construct and show a generic Window.
7432         """
7433         _core_.Window_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Window(*args, **kwargs))
7434         self._setOORInfo(self)
7435
7436     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
7437         """
7438         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
7439             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> bool
7440
7441         Create the GUI part of the Window for 2-phase creation mode.
7442         """
7443         return _core_.Window_Create(*args, **kwargs)
7444
7445     def Close(*args, **kwargs):
7446         """
7447         Close(self, bool force=False) -> bool
7448
7449         This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually
7450         tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself,
7451         however.  If force is False (the default) then the window's close
7452         handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window.
7453         """
7454         return _core_.Window_Close(*args, **kwargs)
7455
7456     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
7457         """
7458         Destroy(self) -> bool
7459
7460         Destroys the window safely.  Frames and dialogs are not destroyed
7461         immediately when this function is called -- they are added to a list
7462         of windows to be deleted on idle time, when all the window's events
7463         have been processed. This prevents problems with events being sent to
7464         non-existent windows.
7465
7466         Returns True if the window has either been successfully deleted, or it
7467         has been added to the list of windows pending real deletion.
7468         """
7469         val = _core_.Window_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
7470         args[0].thisown = 0
7471         return val
7472
7473     def DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs):
7474         """
7475         DestroyChildren(self) -> bool
7476
7477         Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the
7478         destructor.
7479         """
7480         return _core_.Window_DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs)
7481
7482     def IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs):
7483         """
7484         IsBeingDeleted(self) -> bool
7485
7486         Is the window in the process of being deleted?
7487         """
7488         return _core_.Window_IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs)
7489
7490     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
7491         """
7492         SetLabel(self, String label)
7493
7494         Set the text which the window shows in its label if applicable.
7495         """
7496         return _core_.Window_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
7497
7498     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
7499         """
7500         GetLabel(self) -> String
7501
7502         Generic way of getting a label from any window, for identification
7503         purposes.  The interpretation of this function differs from class to
7504         class. For frames and dialogs, the value returned is the title. For
7505         buttons or static text controls, it is the button text. This function
7506         can be useful for meta-programs such as testing tools or special-needs
7507         access programs)which need to identify windows by name.
7508         """
7509         return _core_.Window_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
7510
7511     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
7512         """
7513         SetName(self, String name)
7514
7515         Sets the window's name.  The window name is used for ressource setting
7516         in X, it is not the same as the window title/label
7517         """
7518         return _core_.Window_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
7519
7520     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
7521         """
7522         GetName(self) -> String
7523
7524         Returns the windows name.  This name is not guaranteed to be unique;
7525         it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window
7526         constructor or via wx.Window.SetName.
7527         """
7528         return _core_.Window_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
7529
7530     def SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
7531         """
7532         SetWindowVariant(self, int variant)
7533
7534         Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if
7535         the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac.
7536         """
7537         return _core_.Window_SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
7538
7539     def GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
7540         """GetWindowVariant(self) -> int"""
7541         return _core_.Window_GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
7542
7543     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
7544         """
7545         SetId(self, int winid)
7546
7547         Sets the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
7548         identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier
7549         will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on
7550         creation and should not be modified subsequently.
7551         """
7552         return _core_.Window_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
7553
7554     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
7555         """
7556         GetId(self) -> int
7557
7558         Returns the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
7559         identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id
7560         -1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be
7561         generated.
7562         """
7563         return _core_.Window_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
7564
7565     def NewControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7566         """
7567         NewControlId() -> int
7568
7569         Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
7570         """
7571         return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7572
7573     NewControlId = staticmethod(NewControlId)
7574     def NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7575         """
7576         NextControlId(int winid) -> int
7577
7578         Get the id of the control following the one with the given
7579         autogenerated) id
7580         """
7581         return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7582
7583     NextControlId = staticmethod(NextControlId)
7584     def PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7585         """
7586         PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
7587
7588         Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
7589         autogenerated) id
7590         """
7591         return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7592
7593     PrevControlId = staticmethod(PrevControlId)
7594     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
7595         """
7596         SetSize(self, Size size)
7597
7598         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
7599         """
7600         return _core_.Window_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
7601
7602     def SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs):
7603         """
7604         SetDimensions(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
7605
7606         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels.  The sizeFlags
7607         parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are
7608         equal to -1.
7609
7610             ========================  ======================================
7611             wx.SIZE_AUTO              A -1 indicates that a class-specific
7612                                       default should be used.
7613             wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING      Axisting dimensions should be used if
7614                                       -1 values are supplied.
7615             wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE    Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be
7616                                       interpreted as real dimensions, not
7617                                       default values.
7618             ========================  ======================================
7619
7620         """
7621         return _core_.Window_SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs)
7622
7623     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
7624         """
7625         SetRect(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
7626
7627         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect.
7628         """
7629         return _core_.Window_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
7630
7631     def SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
7632         """
7633         SetSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
7634
7635         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
7636         """
7637         return _core_.Window_SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
7638
7639     def Move(*args, **kwargs):
7640         """
7641         Move(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
7642
7643         Moves the window to the given position.
7644         """
7645         return _core_.Window_Move(*args, **kwargs)
7646
7647     SetPosition = Move
7648     def MoveXY(*args, **kwargs):
7649         """
7650         MoveXY(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
7651
7652         Moves the window to the given position.
7653         """
7654         return _core_.Window_MoveXY(*args, **kwargs)
7655
7656     def SetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs):
7657         """
7658         SetBestFittingSize(self, Size size=DefaultSize)
7659
7660         A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the
7661         window's *best size* values.  Also set's the minsize for use with sizers.
7662         """
7663         return _core_.Window_SetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs)
7664
7665     def Raise(*args, **kwargs):
7666         """
7667         Raise(self)
7668
7669         Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy.  In current
7670         version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.
7671         """
7672         return _core_.Window_Raise(*args, **kwargs)
7673
7674     def Lower(*args, **kwargs):
7675         """
7676         Lower(self)
7677
7678         Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy.  In current
7679         version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.
7680         """
7681         return _core_.Window_Lower(*args, **kwargs)
7682
7683     def SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
7684         """
7685         SetClientSize(self, Size size)
7686
7687         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
7688         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
7689         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
7690         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
7691         around panel items, for example.
7692         """
7693         return _core_.Window_SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
7694
7695     def SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
7696         """
7697         SetClientSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
7698
7699         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
7700         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
7701         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
7702         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
7703         around panel items, for example.
7704         """
7705         return _core_.Window_SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
7706
7707     def SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
7708         """
7709         SetClientRect(self, Rect rect)
7710
7711         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
7712         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
7713         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
7714         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
7715         around panel items, for example.
7716         """
7717         return _core_.Window_SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
7718
7719     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
7720         """
7721         GetPosition(self) -> Point
7722
7723         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
7724         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
7725         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
7726         kinds of windows.
7727         """
7728         return _core_.Window_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
7729
7730     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7731         """
7732         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
7733
7734         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
7735         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
7736         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
7737         kinds of windows.
7738         """
7739         return _core_.Window_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7740
7741     def GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs):
7742         """
7743         GetScreenPosition(self) -> Point
7744
7745         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
7746         """
7747         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs)
7748
7749     def GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7750         """
7751         GetScreenPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
7752
7753         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
7754         """
7755         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7756
7757     def GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs):
7758         """
7759         GetScreenRect(self) -> Rect
7760
7761         Returns the size and position of the window in screen coordinantes as
7762         a `wx.Rect` object.
7763         """
7764         return _core_.Window_GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs)
7765
7766     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
7767         """
7768         GetSize(self) -> Size
7769
7770         Get the window size.
7771         """
7772         return _core_.Window_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
7773
7774     def GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7775         """
7776         GetSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
7777
7778         Get the window size.
7779         """
7780         return _core_.Window_GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7781
7782     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
7783         """
7784         GetRect(self) -> Rect
7785
7786         Returns the size and position of the window as a `wx.Rect` object.
7787         """
7788         return _core_.Window_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
7789
7790     def GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
7791         """
7792         GetClientSize(self) -> Size
7793
7794         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
7795         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
7796         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
7797         """
7798         return _core_.Window_GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
7799
7800     def GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7801         """
7802         GetClientSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
7803
7804         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
7805         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
7806         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
7807         """
7808         return _core_.Window_GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7809
7810     def GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs):
7811         """
7812         GetClientAreaOrigin(self) -> Point
7813
7814         Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the
7815         window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of
7816         the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...)
7817         """
7818         return _core_.Window_GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs)
7819
7820     def GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
7821         """
7822         GetClientRect(self) -> Rect
7823
7824         Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object.
7825         """
7826         return _core_.Window_GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
7827
7828     def GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7829         """
7830         GetBestSize(self) -> Size
7831
7832         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
7833         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
7834         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
7835         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
7836         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
7837         after calling Fit.
7838         """
7839         return _core_.Window_GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
7840
7841     def GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7842         """
7843         GetBestSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
7844
7845         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
7846         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
7847         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
7848         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
7849         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
7850         after calling Fit.
7851         """
7852         return _core_.Window_GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7853
7854     def InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7855         """
7856         InvalidateBestSize(self)
7857
7858         Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next
7859         time it is needed.
7860         """
7861         return _core_.Window_InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
7862
7863     def CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7864         """
7865         CacheBestSize(self, Size size)
7866
7867         Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until
7868         some properties of the window change.)
7869         """
7870         return _core_.Window_CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
7871
7872     def GetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs):
7873         """
7874         GetBestFittingSize(self) -> Size
7875
7876         This function will merge the window's best size into the window's
7877         minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns
7878         the results.
7879
7880         """
7881         return _core_.Window_GetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs)
7882
7883     def GetAdjustedBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7884         """
7885         GetAdjustedBestSize(self) -> Size
7886
7887         This method is similar to GetBestSize, except in one
7888         thing. GetBestSize should return the minimum untruncated size of the
7889         window, while this method will return the largest of BestSize and any
7890         user specified minimum size. ie. it is the minimum size the window
7891         should currently be drawn at, not the minimal size it can possibly
7892         tolerate.
7893         """
7894         return _core_.Window_GetAdjustedBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
7895
7896     def Center(*args, **kwargs):
7897         """
7898         Center(self, int direction=BOTH)
7899
7900         Centers the window.  The parameter specifies the direction for
7901         cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may
7902         also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window
7903         on the entire screen and not on its parent window.  If it is a
7904         top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered
7905         relative to the screen.
7906         """
7907         return _core_.Window_Center(*args, **kwargs)
7908
7909     Centre = Center
7910     def CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs):
7911         """
7912         CenterOnParent(self, int dir=BOTH)
7913
7914         Center with respect to the the parent window
7915         """
7916         return _core_.Window_CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs)
7917
7918     CentreOnParent = CenterOnParent
7919     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
7920         """
7921         Fit(self)
7922
7923         Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function
7924         won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work
7925         correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the
7926         window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result
7927         is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of
7928         its calculations) to call window.SetClientSize(child.GetSize())
7929         instead of calling Fit.
7930         """
7931         return _core_.Window_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
7932
7933     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
7934         """
7935         FitInside(self)
7936
7937         Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a
7938         window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after
7939         sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled
7940         windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do
7941         anything if there are no subwindows.
7942         """
7943         return _core_.Window_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
7944
7945     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
7946         """
7947         SetSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1,
7948             int incH=-1)
7949
7950         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
7951         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
7952         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
7953         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
7954         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
7955         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
7956
7957         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
7958         """
7959         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
7960
7961     def SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
7962         """
7963         SetSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize)
7964
7965         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
7966         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
7967         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
7968         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
7969         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
7970         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
7971
7972         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
7973         """
7974         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
7975
7976     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
7977         """
7978         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1)
7979
7980         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
7981         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
7982         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
7983         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
7984         """
7985         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
7986
7987     def SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
7988         """
7989         SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize)
7990
7991         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
7992         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
7993         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
7994         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
7995         """
7996         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
7997
7998     def GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
7999         """GetMaxSize(self) -> Size"""
8000         return _core_.Window_GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8001
8002     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8003         """GetMinSize(self) -> Size"""
8004         return _core_.Window_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8005
8006     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8007         """
8008         SetMinSize(self, Size minSize)
8009
8010         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8011         min size.
8012         """
8013         return _core_.Window_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8014
8015     def SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
8016         """
8017         SetMaxSize(self, Size maxSize)
8018
8019         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8020         max size.
8021         """
8022         return _core_.Window_SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8023
8024     def GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8025         """GetMinWidth(self) -> int"""
8026         return _core_.Window_GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8027
8028     def GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8029         """GetMinHeight(self) -> int"""
8030         return _core_.Window_GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8031
8032     def GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8033         """GetMaxWidth(self) -> int"""
8034         return _core_.Window_GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8035
8036     def GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8037         """GetMaxHeight(self) -> int"""
8038         return _core_.Window_GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8039
8040     def SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8041         """
8042         SetVirtualSize(self, Size size)
8043
8044         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8045         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8046         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8047         """
8048         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8049
8050     def SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8051         """
8052         SetVirtualSizeWH(self, int w, int h)
8053
8054         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8055         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8056         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8057         """
8058         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8059
8060     def GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8061         """
8062         GetVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8063
8064         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8065         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8066         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8067         """
8068         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8069
8070     def GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8071         """
8072         GetVirtualSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8073
8074         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8075         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8076         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8077         """
8078         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8079
8080     def GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8081         """
8082         GetBestVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8083
8084         Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a
8085         sizer, interior children, or other means)
8086         """
8087         return _core_.Window_GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8088
8089     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
8090         """
8091         Show(self, bool show=True) -> bool
8092
8093         Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level
8094         window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if
8095         Show is called immediately after the frame creation.  Returns True if
8096         the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done
8097         because it already was in the requested state.
8098         """
8099         return _core_.Window_Show(*args, **kwargs)
8100
8101     def Hide(*args, **kwargs):
8102         """
8103         Hide(self) -> bool
8104
8105         Equivalent to calling Show(False).
8106         """
8107         return _core_.Window_Hide(*args, **kwargs)
8108
8109     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
8110         """
8111         Enable(self, bool enable=True) -> bool
8112
8113         Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent
8114         window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they
8115         are reenabled again when the parent is.  Returns true if the window
8116         has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the
8117         window had already been in the specified state.
8118         """
8119         return _core_.Window_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
8120
8121     def Disable(*args, **kwargs):
8122         """
8123         Disable(self) -> bool
8124
8125         Disables the window, same as Enable(false).
8126         """
8127         return _core_.Window_Disable(*args, **kwargs)
8128
8129     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
8130         """
8131         IsShown(self) -> bool
8132
8133         Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden.
8134         """
8135         return _core_.Window_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
8136
8137     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8138         """
8139         IsEnabled(self) -> bool
8140
8141         Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise.
8142         """
8143         return _core_.Window_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8144
8145     def SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8146         """
8147         SetWindowStyleFlag(self, long style)
8148
8149         Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be
8150         changed after the window creation and that Refresh() might need to be
8151         called after changing the others for the change to take place
8152         immediately.
8153         """
8154         return _core_.Window_SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8155
8156     def GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8157         """
8158         GetWindowStyleFlag(self) -> long
8159
8160         Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create
8161         method.
8162         """
8163         return _core_.Window_GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8164
8165     SetWindowStyle = SetWindowStyleFlag; GetWindowStyle = GetWindowStyleFlag
8166     def HasFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8167         """
8168         HasFlag(self, int flag) -> bool
8169
8170         Test if the given style is set for this window.
8171         """
8172         return _core_.Window_HasFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8173
8174     def IsRetained(*args, **kwargs):
8175         """
8176         IsRetained(self) -> bool
8177
8178         Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise.  Retained
8179         windows are only available on X platforms.
8180         """
8181         return _core_.Window_IsRetained(*args, **kwargs)
8182
8183     def SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8184         """
8185         SetExtraStyle(self, long exStyle)
8186
8187         Sets the extra style bits for the window.  Extra styles are the less
8188         often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with
8189         SetWindowStyleFlag()
8190         """
8191         return _core_.Window_SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8192
8193     def GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8194         """
8195         GetExtraStyle(self) -> long
8196
8197         Returns the extra style bits for the window.
8198         """
8199         return _core_.Window_GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8200
8201     def MakeModal(*args, **kwargs):
8202         """
8203         MakeModal(self, bool modal=True)
8204
8205         Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can
8206         only interact with this window.  Passing False will reverse this
8207         effect.
8208         """
8209         return _core_.Window_MakeModal(*args, **kwargs)
8210
8211     def SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8212         """
8213         SetThemeEnabled(self, bool enableTheme)
8214
8215         This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme"
8216          code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background
8217          drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support
8218          the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is
8219          GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a
8220          user's selected theme.
8221
8222         Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true
8223         by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best.
8224         """
8225         return _core_.Window_SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8226
8227     def GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8228         """
8229         GetThemeEnabled(self) -> bool
8230
8231         Return the themeEnabled flag.
8232         """
8233         return _core_.Window_GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8234
8235     def SetFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8236         """
8237         SetFocus(self)
8238
8239         Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input.
8240         """
8241         return _core_.Window_SetFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8242
8243     def SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs):
8244         """
8245         SetFocusFromKbd(self)
8246
8247         Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action.  Normally
8248         only called internally.
8249         """
8250         return _core_.Window_SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs)
8251
8252     def FindFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8253         """
8254         FindFocus() -> Window
8255
8256         Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
8257         or None.
8258         """
8259         return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8260
8261     FindFocus = staticmethod(FindFocus)
8262     def AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8263         """
8264         AcceptsFocus(self) -> bool
8265
8266         Can this window have focus?
8267         """
8268         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8269
8270     def AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs):
8271         """
8272         AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(self) -> bool
8273
8274         Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the
8275         only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click
8276         it.
8277         """
8278         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs)
8279
8280     def GetDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs):
8281         """
8282         GetDefaultItem(self) -> Window
8283
8284         Get the default child of this parent, i.e. the one which is activated
8285         by pressing <Enter> such as the OK button on a wx.Dialog.
8286         """
8287         return _core_.Window_GetDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs)
8288
8289     def SetDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs):
8290         """
8291         SetDefaultItem(self, Window child) -> Window
8292
8293         Set this child as default, return the old default.
8294         """
8295         return _core_.Window_SetDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs)
8296
8297     def SetTmpDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs):
8298         """
8299         SetTmpDefaultItem(self, Window win)
8300
8301         Set this child as temporary default
8302         """
8303         return _core_.Window_SetTmpDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs)
8304
8305     def GetTmpDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs):
8306         """
8307         GetTmpDefaultItem(self) -> Window
8308
8309         Return the temporary default item, which can be None.
8310         """
8311         return _core_.Window_GetTmpDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs)
8312
8313     def Navigate(*args, **kwargs):
8314         """
8315         Navigate(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool
8316
8317         Does keyboard navigation from this window to another, by sending a
8318         `wx.NavigationKeyEvent`.
8319         """
8320         return _core_.Window_Navigate(*args, **kwargs)
8321
8322     def MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
8323         """
8324         MoveAfterInTabOrder(self, Window win)
8325
8326         Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified
8327         sibling window.  This means that when the user presses the TAB key on
8328         that other window, the focus switches to this window.
8329
8330         The default tab order is the same as creation order.  This function
8331         and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the
8332         windows.
8333
8334         """
8335         return _core_.Window_MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
8336
8337     def MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
8338         """
8339         MoveBeforeInTabOrder(self, Window win)
8340
8341         Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just
8342         before win instead of putting it right after it.
8343         """
8344         return _core_.Window_MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
8345
8346     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
8347         """
8348         GetChildren(self) -> PyObject
8349
8350         Returns a list of the window's children.  NOTE: Currently this is a
8351         copy of the child window list maintained by the window, so the return
8352         value of this function is only valid as long as the window's children
8353         do not change.
8354         """
8355         return _core_.Window_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
8356
8357     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
8358         """
8359         GetParent(self) -> Window
8360
8361         Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one.
8362         """
8363         return _core_.Window_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
8364
8365     def GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs):
8366         """
8367         GetGrandParent(self) -> Window
8368
8369         Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there
8370         isn't one.
8371         """
8372         return _core_.Window_GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs)
8373
8374     def IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs):
8375         """
8376         IsTopLevel(self) -> bool
8377
8378         Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all
8379         frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even
8380         if they have a parent window).
8381         """
8382         return _core_.Window_IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs)
8383
8384     def Reparent(*args, **kwargs):
8385         """
8386         Reparent(self, Window newParent) -> bool
8387
8388         Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current
8389         parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then
8390         re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK.  Returns True
8391         if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent ==
8392         oldParent)
8393         """
8394         return _core_.Window_Reparent(*args, **kwargs)
8395
8396     def AddChild(*args, **kwargs):
8397         """
8398         AddChild(self, Window child)
8399
8400         Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation
8401         functions so should not be required by the application programmer.
8402         """
8403         return _core_.Window_AddChild(*args, **kwargs)
8404
8405     def RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs):
8406         """
8407         RemoveChild(self, Window child)
8408
8409         Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window
8410         deletion functions so should not be required by the application
8411         programmer.
8412         """
8413         return _core_.Window_RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs)
8414
8415     def SetDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs):
8416         """
8417         SetDoubleBuffered(self, bool on)
8418
8419         Currently wxGTK2 only.
8420         """
8421         return _core_.Window_SetDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs)
8422
8423     def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
8424         """
8425         FindWindowById(self, long winid) -> Window
8426
8427         Find a chld of this window by window ID
8428         """
8429         return _core_.Window_FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
8430
8431     def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
8432         """
8433         FindWindowByName(self, String name) -> Window
8434
8435         Find a child of this window by name
8436         """
8437         return _core_.Window_FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
8438
8439     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8440         """
8441         GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler
8442
8443         Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is
8444         its own event handler.
8445         """
8446         return _core_.Window_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8447
8448     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8449         """
8450         SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
8451
8452         Sets the event handler for this window.  An event handler is an object
8453         that is capable of processing the events sent to a window. By default,
8454         the window is its own event handler, but an application may wish to
8455         substitute another, for example to allow central implementation of
8456         event-handling for a variety of different window classes.
8457
8458         It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets
8459         up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event
8460         handler is handed to the next one in the chain.
8461         """
8462         return _core_.Window_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8463
8464     def PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8465         """
8466         PushEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
8467
8468         Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window.
8469         An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events
8470         sent to a window. By default, the window is its own event handler, but
8471         an application may wish to substitute another, for example to allow
8472         central implementation of event-handling for a variety of different
8473         window classes.
8474
8475         wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of
8476         event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is
8477         handed to the next one in the chain. Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler` to
8478         remove the event handler.
8479         """
8480         return _core_.Window_PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8481
8482     def PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8483         """
8484         PopEventHandler(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler
8485
8486         Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler
8487         stack.  If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be
8488         destroyed after it is popped.
8489         """
8490         return _core_.Window_PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8491
8492     def RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8493         """
8494         RemoveEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool
8495
8496         Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not
8497         delete) it from the event handler chain, return True if it was found
8498         and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this
8499         function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be
8500         there.)
8501         """
8502         return _core_.Window_RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8503
8504     def SetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
8505         """
8506         SetValidator(self, Validator validator)
8507
8508         Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator,
8509         having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this
8510         type.
8511         """
8512         return _core_.Window_SetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
8513
8514     def GetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
8515         """
8516         GetValidator(self) -> Validator
8517
8518         Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if
8519         there is none.
8520         """
8521         return _core_.Window_GetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
8522
8523     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
8524         """
8525         Validate(self) -> bool
8526
8527         Validates the current values of the child controls using their
8528         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
8529         style flag set, the method will also call Validate() of all child
8530         windows.  Returns false if any of the validations failed.
8531         """
8532         return _core_.Window_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
8533
8534     def TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
8535         """
8536         TransferDataToWindow(self) -> bool
8537
8538         Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their
8539         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
8540         style flag set, the method will also call TransferDataToWindow() of
8541         all child windows.
8542         """
8543         return _core_.Window_TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
8544
8545     def TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
8546         """
8547         TransferDataFromWindow(self) -> bool
8548
8549         Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their
8550         validators. Returns false if a transfer failed.  If the window has
8551         wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will
8552         also call TransferDataFromWindow() of all child windows.
8553         """
8554         return _core_.Window_TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
8555
8556     def InitDialog(*args, **kwargs):
8557         """
8558         InitDialog(self)
8559
8560         Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data
8561         to the dialog via validators.
8562         """
8563         return _core_.Window_InitDialog(*args, **kwargs)
8564
8565     def SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
8566         """
8567         SetAcceleratorTable(self, AcceleratorTable accel)
8568
8569         Sets the accelerator table for this window.
8570         """
8571         return _core_.Window_SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
8572
8573     def GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
8574         """
8575         GetAcceleratorTable(self) -> AcceleratorTable
8576
8577         Gets the accelerator table for this window.
8578         """
8579         return _core_.Window_GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
8580
8581     def RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
8582         """
8583         RegisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool
8584
8585         Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey
8586         registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will
8587         receive the event even if the application is in the background and
8588         does not have the input focus because the user is working with some
8589         other application.  To bind an event handler function to this hotkey
8590         use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId.  Returns True if the
8591         hotkey was registered successfully.
8592         """
8593         return _core_.Window_RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
8594
8595     def UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
8596         """
8597         UnregisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool
8598
8599         Unregisters a system wide hotkey.
8600         """
8601         return _core_.Window_UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
8602
8603     def ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
8604         """
8605         ConvertDialogPointToPixels(self, Point pt) -> Point
8606
8607         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8608         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8609         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8610         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8611         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8612         then divided by 8.
8613         """
8614         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
8615
8616     def ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
8617         """
8618         ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(self, Size sz) -> Size
8619
8620         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8621         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8622         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8623         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8624         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8625         then divided by 8.
8626         """
8627         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
8628
8629     def DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs):
8630         """
8631         DLG_PNT(self, Point pt) -> Point
8632
8633         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8634         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8635         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8636         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8637         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8638         then divided by 8.
8639         """
8640         return _core_.Window_DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs)
8641
8642     def DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs):
8643         """
8644         DLG_SZE(self, Size sz) -> Size
8645
8646         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8647         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8648         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8649         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8650         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8651         then divided by 8.
8652         """
8653         return _core_.Window_DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs)
8654
8655     def ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
8656         """ConvertPixelPointToDialog(self, Point pt) -> Point"""
8657         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
8658
8659     def ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
8660         """ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(self, Size sz) -> Size"""
8661         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
8662
8663     def WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs):
8664         """
8665         WarpPointer(self, int x, int y)
8666
8667         Moves the pointer to the given position on the window.
8668
8669         NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human
8670         Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically.
8671         """
8672         return _core_.Window_WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs)
8673
8674     def CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs):
8675         """
8676         CaptureMouse(self)
8677
8678         Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to
8679         release the capture.
8680
8681         Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the
8682         mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window
8683         which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if
8684         there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must
8685         release the mouse as many times as you capture it.
8686         """
8687         return _core_.Window_CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs)
8688
8689     def ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs):
8690         """
8691         ReleaseMouse(self)
8692
8693         Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse.
8694         """
8695         return _core_.Window_ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs)
8696
8697     def GetCapture(*args, **kwargs):
8698         """
8699         GetCapture() -> Window
8700
8701         Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
8702         """
8703         return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args, **kwargs)
8704
8705     GetCapture = staticmethod(GetCapture)
8706     def HasCapture(*args, **kwargs):
8707         """
8708         HasCapture(self) -> bool
8709
8710         Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture.
8711         """
8712         return _core_.Window_HasCapture(*args, **kwargs)
8713
8714     def Refresh(*args, **kwargs):
8715         """
8716         Refresh(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None)
8717
8718         Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it
8719         will be repainted.  Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent
8720         to the window.
8721         """
8722         return _core_.Window_Refresh(*args, **kwargs)
8723
8724     def RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs):
8725         """
8726         RefreshRect(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True)
8727
8728         Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will
8729         be repainted.  This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax.
8730         """
8731         return _core_.Window_RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs)
8732
8733     def Update(*args, **kwargs):
8734         """
8735         Update(self)
8736
8737         Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the
8738         window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally
8739         this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the
8740         event loop.)  Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and
8741         does nothing if the window has been already repainted.  Use Refresh
8742         first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of
8743         it) unconditionally.
8744         """
8745         return _core_.Window_Update(*args, **kwargs)
8746
8747     def ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs):
8748         """
8749         ClearBackground(self)
8750
8751         Clears the window by filling it with the current background
8752         colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated.
8753         """
8754         return _core_.Window_ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs)
8755
8756     def Freeze(*args, **kwargs):
8757         """
8758         Freeze(self)
8759
8760         Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from
8761         taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be
8762         called to reenable window redrawing.  Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be
8763         nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has
8764         been undone.
8765
8766         This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example,
8767         it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into
8768         a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor
8769         for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a
8770         mandatory directive.
8771         """
8772         return _core_.Window_Freeze(*args, **kwargs)
8773
8774     def Thaw(*args, **kwargs):
8775         """
8776         Thaw(self)
8777
8778         Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze.  Calls to
8779         Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of
8780         times that Freeze was before the window will be updated.
8781         """
8782         return _core_.Window_Thaw(*args, **kwargs)
8783
8784     def PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs):
8785         """
8786         PrepareDC(self, DC dc)
8787
8788         Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a
8789         scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current
8790         scroll position.
8791         """
8792         return _core_.Window_PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs)
8793
8794     def GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs):
8795         """
8796         GetUpdateRegion(self) -> Region
8797
8798         Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been
8799         damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler.
8800         """
8801         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs)
8802
8803     def GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
8804         """
8805         GetUpdateClientRect(self) -> Rect
8806
8807         Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords.
8808         """
8809         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
8810
8811     def IsExposed(*args, **kwargs):
8812         """
8813         IsExposed(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool
8814
8815         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
8816         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
8817         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
8818         exposed.
8819         """
8820         return _core_.Window_IsExposed(*args, **kwargs)
8821
8822     def IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs):
8823         """
8824         IsExposedPoint(self, Point pt) -> bool
8825
8826         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
8827         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
8828         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
8829         exposed.
8830         """
8831         return _core_.Window_IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs)
8832
8833     def IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs):
8834         """
8835         IsExposedRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool
8836
8837         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
8838         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
8839         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
8840         exposed.
8841         """
8842         return _core_.Window_IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs)
8843
8844     def GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
8845         """
8846         GetDefaultAttributes(self) -> VisualAttributes
8847
8848         Get the default attributes for an instance of this class.  This is
8849         useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control
8850         as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard
8851         coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of
8852         place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes.
8853         """
8854         return _core_.Window_GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
8855
8856     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
8857         """
8858         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
8859
8860         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
8861         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
8862         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
8863         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
8864         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
8865
8866         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
8867         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
8868         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
8869         this.
8870         """
8871         return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
8872
8873     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
8874     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8875         """
8876         SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
8877
8878         Sets the background colour of the window.  Returns True if the colour
8879         was changed.  The background colour is usually painted by the default
8880         EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and
8881         automatically under GTK.  Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window
8882         to the default background colour.
8883
8884         Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate
8885         refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after
8886         calling this function.
8887
8888         Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this
8889         window, if the system supports them.  Use with care since usually the
8890         themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all
8891         applications on the system.
8892         """
8893         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8894
8895     def SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8896         """SetOwnBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
8897         return _core_.Window_SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8898
8899     def SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8900         """
8901         SetForegroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
8902
8903         Sets the foreground colour of the window.  Returns True is the colour
8904         was changed.  The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on
8905         the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may
8906         not be used at all.
8907         """
8908         return _core_.Window_SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8909
8910     def SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8911         """SetOwnForegroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
8912         return _core_.Window_SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8913
8914     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8915         """
8916         GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour
8917
8918         Returns the background colour of the window.
8919         """
8920         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8921
8922     def GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8923         """
8924         GetForegroundColour(self) -> Colour
8925
8926         Returns the foreground colour of the window.  The interpretation of
8927         foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text
8928         colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all.
8929         """
8930         return _core_.Window_GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8931
8932     def InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8933         """InheritsBackgroundColour(self) -> bool"""
8934         return _core_.Window_InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8935
8936     def UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs):
8937         """UseBgCol(self) -> bool"""
8938         return _core_.Window_UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs)
8939
8940     def SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8941         """
8942         SetBackgroundStyle(self, int style) -> bool
8943
8944         Returns the background style of the window. The background style
8945         indicates how the background of the window is drawn.
8946
8947             ======================  ========================================
8948             wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM      The background colour or pattern should
8949                                     be determined by the system
8950             wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR      The background should be a solid colour
8951             wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM      The background will be implemented by the
8952                                     application.
8953             ======================  ========================================
8954
8955         On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of
8956         a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has
8957         no effect on other platforms.
8958
8959         :see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour`
8960         """
8961         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8962
8963     def GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8964         """
8965         GetBackgroundStyle(self) -> int
8966
8967         Returns the background style of the window.
8968
8969         :see: `SetBackgroundStyle`
8970         """
8971         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8972
8973     def HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs):
8974         """
8975         HasTransparentBackground(self) -> bool
8976
8977         Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for
8978         example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's
8979         background.
8980
8981         This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you
8982         normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override
8983         it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted
8984         correctly.
8985         """
8986         return _core_.Window_HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs)
8987
8988     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
8989         """
8990         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool
8991
8992         Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it
8993         for the children of the window implicitly.
8994
8995         The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will
8996         be reset back to default.
8997         """
8998         return _core_.Window_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
8999
9000     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
9001         """
9002         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
9003
9004         Return the cursor associated with this window.
9005         """
9006         return _core_.Window_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
9007
9008     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
9009         """
9010         SetFont(self, Font font) -> bool
9011
9012         Sets the font for this window.
9013         """
9014         return _core_.Window_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9015
9016     def SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs):
9017         """SetOwnFont(self, Font font)"""
9018         return _core_.Window_SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs)
9019
9020     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
9021         """
9022         GetFont(self) -> Font
9023
9024         Returns the default font used for this window.
9025         """
9026         return _core_.Window_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9027
9028     def SetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9029         """
9030         SetCaret(self, Caret caret)
9031
9032         Sets the caret associated with the window.
9033         """
9034         return _core_.Window_SetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9035
9036     def GetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9037         """
9038         GetCaret(self) -> Caret
9039
9040         Returns the caret associated with the window.
9041         """
9042         return _core_.Window_GetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9043
9044     def GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs):
9045         """
9046         GetCharHeight(self) -> int
9047
9048         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9049         """
9050         return _core_.Window_GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs)
9051
9052     def GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs):
9053         """
9054         GetCharWidth(self) -> int
9055
9056         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9057         """
9058         return _core_.Window_GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs)
9059
9060     def GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9061         """
9062         GetTextExtent(String string) -> (width, height)
9063
9064         Get the width and height of the text using the current font.
9065         """
9066         return _core_.Window_GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9067
9068     def GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9069         """
9070         GetFullTextExtent(String string, Font font=None) ->
9071            (width, height, descent, externalLeading)
9072
9073         Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the
9074         current or specified font.
9075         """
9076         return _core_.Window_GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9077
9078     def ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs):
9079         """
9080         ClientToScreenXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9081
9082         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9083         """
9084         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs)
9085
9086     def ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs):
9087         """
9088         ScreenToClientXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9089
9090         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9091         """
9092         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs)
9093
9094     def ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs):
9095         """
9096         ClientToScreen(self, Point pt) -> Point
9097
9098         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9099         """
9100         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs)
9101
9102     def ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs):
9103         """
9104         ScreenToClient(self, Point pt) -> Point
9105
9106         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9107         """
9108         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs)
9109
9110     def HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs):
9111         """
9112         HitTestXY(self, int x, int y) -> int
9113
9114         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9115         """
9116         return _core_.Window_HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs)
9117
9118     def HitTest(*args, **kwargs):
9119         """
9120         HitTest(self, Point pt) -> int
9121
9122         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9123         """
9124         return _core_.Window_HitTest(*args, **kwargs)
9125
9126     def GetBorder(*args):
9127         """
9128         GetBorder(self, long flags) -> int
9129         GetBorder(self) -> int
9130
9131         Get border for the flags of this window
9132         """
9133         return _core_.Window_GetBorder(*args)
9134
9135     def UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs):
9136         """
9137         UpdateWindowUI(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE)
9138
9139         This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular
9140         implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.ToolBar will
9141         send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.Frame will
9142         send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this
9143         function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at
9144         a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are
9145         concerned). This may be necessary if you have called
9146         `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to
9147         limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events
9148         in idle time.
9149         """
9150         return _core_.Window_UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs)
9151
9152     def PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs):
9153         """
9154         PopupMenuXY(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool
9155
9156         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
9157         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
9158         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
9159         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
9160         mouse cursor will be used.
9161         """
9162         return _core_.Window_PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs)
9163
9164     def PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9165         """
9166         PopupMenu(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool
9167
9168         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
9169         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
9170         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
9171         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
9172         mouse cursor will be used.
9173         """
9174         return _core_.Window_PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9175
9176     def GetHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9177         """
9178         GetHandle(self) -> long
9179
9180         Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the
9181         physical window.  Currently on wxMac it returns the handle of the
9182         toplevel parent of the window.
9183         """
9184         return _core_.Window_GetHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9185
9186     def AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9187         """
9188         AssociateHandle(self, long handle)
9189
9190         Associate the window with a new native handle
9191         """
9192         return _core_.Window_AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9193
9194     def DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9195         """
9196         DissociateHandle(self)
9197
9198         Dissociate the current native handle from the window
9199         """
9200         return _core_.Window_DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9201
9202     def HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
9203         """
9204         HasScrollbar(self, int orient) -> bool
9205
9206         Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation?
9207         """
9208         return _core_.Window_HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
9209
9210     def SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
9211         """
9212         SetScrollbar(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range,
9213             bool refresh=True)
9214
9215         Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar.
9216         """
9217         return _core_.Window_SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
9218
9219     def SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
9220         """
9221         SetScrollPos(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True)
9222
9223         Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars.
9224         """
9225         return _core_.Window_SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
9226
9227     def GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
9228         """
9229         GetScrollPos(self, int orientation) -> int
9230
9231         Returns the built-in scrollbar position.
9232         """
9233         return _core_.Window_GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
9234
9235     def GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs):
9236         """
9237         GetScrollThumb(self, int orientation) -> int
9238
9239         Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size.
9240         """
9241         return _core_.Window_GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs)
9242
9243     def GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs):
9244         """
9245         GetScrollRange(self, int orientation) -> int
9246
9247         Returns the built-in scrollbar range.
9248         """
9249         return _core_.Window_GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs)
9250
9251     def ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9252         """
9253         ScrollWindow(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None)
9254
9255         Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows
9256         accordingly.  Use this function to optimise your scrolling
9257         implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that
9258         it is rarely required to call this function from a user program.
9259         """
9260         return _core_.Window_ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9261
9262     def ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs):
9263         """
9264         ScrollLines(self, int lines) -> bool
9265
9266         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
9267         the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines
9268         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
9269         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
9270         """
9271         return _core_.Window_ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs)
9272
9273     def ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs):
9274         """
9275         ScrollPages(self, int pages) -> bool
9276
9277         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
9278         the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages
9279         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
9280         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
9281         """
9282         return _core_.Window_ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs)
9283
9284     def LineUp(*args, **kwargs):
9285         """
9286         LineUp(self) -> bool
9287
9288         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(-1).
9289         """
9290         return _core_.Window_LineUp(*args, **kwargs)
9291
9292     def LineDown(*args, **kwargs):
9293         """
9294         LineDown(self) -> bool
9295
9296         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(1).
9297         """
9298         return _core_.Window_LineDown(*args, **kwargs)
9299
9300     def PageUp(*args, **kwargs):
9301         """
9302         PageUp(self) -> bool
9303
9304         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(-1).
9305         """
9306         return _core_.Window_PageUp(*args, **kwargs)
9307
9308     def PageDown(*args, **kwargs):
9309         """
9310         PageDown(self) -> bool
9311
9312         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(1).
9313         """
9314         return _core_.Window_PageDown(*args, **kwargs)
9315
9316     def SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
9317         """
9318         SetHelpText(self, String text)
9319
9320         Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
9321         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
9322         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
9323         """
9324         return _core_.Window_SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
9325
9326     def SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs):
9327         """
9328         SetHelpTextForId(self, String text)
9329
9330         Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this
9331         one.
9332         """
9333         return _core_.Window_SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs)
9334
9335     def GetHelpTextAtPoint(*args, **kwargs):
9336         """
9337         GetHelpTextAtPoint(self, Point pt, wxHelpEvent::Origin origin) -> String
9338
9339         Get the help string associated with the given position in this window.
9340
9341         Notice that pt may be invalid if event origin is keyboard or unknown
9342         and this method should return the global window help text then
9343
9344         """
9345         return _core_.Window_GetHelpTextAtPoint(*args, **kwargs)
9346
9347     def GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
9348         """
9349         GetHelpText(self) -> String
9350
9351         Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
9352         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
9353         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
9354         """
9355         return _core_.Window_GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
9356
9357     def SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs):
9358         """
9359         SetToolTipString(self, String tip)
9360
9361         Attach a tooltip to the window.
9362         """
9363         return _core_.Window_SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs)
9364
9365     def SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
9366         """
9367         SetToolTip(self, ToolTip tip)
9368
9369         Attach a tooltip to the window.
9370         """
9371         return _core_.Window_SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
9372
9373     def GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
9374         """
9375         GetToolTip(self) -> ToolTip
9376
9377         get the associated tooltip or None if none
9378         """
9379         return _core_.Window_GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
9380
9381     def SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
9382         """
9383         SetDropTarget(self, DropTarget dropTarget)
9384
9385         Associates a drop target with this window.  If the window already has
9386         a drop target, it is deleted.
9387         """
9388         return _core_.Window_SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
9389
9390     def GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
9391         """
9392         GetDropTarget(self) -> DropTarget
9393
9394         Returns the associated drop target, which may be None.
9395         """
9396         return _core_.Window_GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
9397
9398     def DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs):
9399         """
9400         DragAcceptFiles(self, bool accept)
9401
9402         Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES.
9403         Only functional on Windows.
9404         """
9405         return _core_.Window_DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs)
9406
9407     def SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
9408         """
9409         SetConstraints(self, LayoutConstraints constraints)
9410
9411         Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing
9412         layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be
9413         deleted.  Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current
9414         constraints.
9415
9416         You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints
9417         automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must
9418         handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call Layout() explicitly. When setting
9419         both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have
9420         effect.
9421         """
9422         return _core_.Window_SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
9423
9424     def GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
9425         """
9426         GetConstraints(self) -> LayoutConstraints
9427
9428         Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there
9429         are none.
9430         """
9431         return _core_.Window_GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
9432
9433     def SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
9434         """
9435         SetAutoLayout(self, bool autoLayout)
9436
9437         Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically
9438         when the window is resized.  lease note that this only happens for the
9439         windows usually used to contain children, namely `wx.Panel` and
9440         `wx.TopLevelWindow` (and the classes deriving from them).
9441
9442         This method is called implicitly by `SetSizer` but if you use
9443         `SetConstraints` you should call it manually or otherwise the window
9444         layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes.
9445         """
9446         return _core_.Window_SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
9447
9448     def GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
9449         """
9450         GetAutoLayout(self) -> bool
9451
9452         Returns the current autoLayout setting
9453         """
9454         return _core_.Window_GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
9455
9456     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
9457         """
9458         Layout(self) -> bool
9459
9460         Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based
9461         algorithm for this window.  See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on,
9462         this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE
9463         handler when the window is resized.
9464         """
9465         return _core_.Window_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
9466
9467     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9468         """
9469         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
9470
9471         Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then
9472         own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing
9473         layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted
9474         if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also
9475         call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is
9476         non-None, and False otherwise.
9477         """
9478         return _core_.Window_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9479
9480     def SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs):
9481         """
9482         SetSizerAndFit(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
9483
9484         The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the
9485         window based on the sizer's minimum size.
9486         """
9487         return _core_.Window_SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs)
9488
9489     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9490         """
9491         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
9492
9493         Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to
9494         SetSizer or None if there isn't one.
9495         """
9496         return _core_.Window_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9497
9498     def SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9499         """
9500         SetContainingSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
9501
9502         This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is
9503         called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so
9504         the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed.
9505         """
9506         return _core_.Window_SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9507
9508     def GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9509         """
9510         GetContainingSizer(self) -> Sizer
9511
9512         Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None.
9513         """
9514         return _core_.Window_GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9515
9516     def InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9517         """
9518         InheritAttributes(self)
9519
9520         This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called
9521         during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual
9522         attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background
9523         colours.
9524
9525         By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use
9526         their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's
9527         attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not
9528         SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been
9529         explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same
9530         value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides
9531         ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed
9532         no matter what and only the font might.
9533
9534         This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the
9535         different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default
9536         attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as
9537         in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours)
9538         than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the
9539         parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change
9540         the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or
9541         colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the
9542         parents attributes.
9543
9544         """
9545         return _core_.Window_InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9546
9547     def ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs):
9548         """
9549         ShouldInheritColours(self) -> bool
9550
9551         Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be
9552         changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them
9553         from the parent window.
9554
9555         The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in
9556         wxControl where it returns true.
9557         """
9558         return _core_.Window_ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs)
9559
9560     def PostCreate(self, pre):
9561         """
9562         Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!>
9563         Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method.
9564         """
9565         self.this = pre.this
9566         self.thisown = pre.thisown
9567         pre.thisown = 0
9568         if hasattr(self, '_setOORInfo'):
9569             self._setOORInfo(self)
9570         if hasattr(self, '_setCallbackInfo'):
9571             self._setCallbackInfo(self, self.__class__)
9572
9573     def SendSizeEvent(self):
9574         self.GetEventHandler().ProcessEvent(wx.SizeEvent((-1,-1)))
9575
9576 _core_.Window_swigregister(Window)
9577
9578 def PreWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9579     """
9580     PreWindow() -> Window
9581
9582     Precreate a Window for 2-phase creation.
9583     """
9584     val = _core_.new_PreWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9585     return val
9586
9587 def Window_NewControlId(*args):
9588   """
9589     Window_NewControlId() -> int
9590
9591     Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
9592     """
9593   return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args)
9594
9595 def Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
9596   """
9597     Window_NextControlId(int winid) -> int
9598
9599     Get the id of the control following the one with the given
9600     autogenerated) id
9601     """
9602   return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
9603
9604 def Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
9605   """
9606     Window_PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
9607
9608     Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
9609     autogenerated) id
9610     """
9611   return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
9612
9613 def Window_FindFocus(*args):
9614   """
9615     Window_FindFocus() -> Window
9616
9617     Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
9618     or None.
9619     """
9620   return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args)
9621
9622 def Window_GetCapture(*args):
9623   """
9624     Window_GetCapture() -> Window
9625
9626     Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
9627     """
9628   return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args)
9629
9630 def Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9631   """
9632     Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
9633
9634     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
9635     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
9636     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
9637     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
9638     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
9639
9640     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
9641     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
9642     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
9643     this.
9644     """
9645   return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9646
9647 def DLG_PNT(win, point_or_x, y=None):
9648     """
9649     Convenience function for converting a Point or (x,y) in
9650     dialog units to pixel units.
9651     """
9652     if y is None:
9653         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(point_or_x)
9654     else:
9655         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(wx.Point(point_or_x, y))
9656
9657 def DLG_SZE(win, size_width, height=None):
9658     """
9659     Convenience function for converting a Size or (w,h) in
9660     dialog units to pixel units.
9661     """
9662     if height is None:
9663         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(size_width)
9664     else:
9665         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(wx.Size(size_width, height))
9666
9667
9668 def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
9669   """
9670     FindWindowById(long id, Window parent=None) -> Window
9671
9672     Find the first window in the application with the given id. If parent
9673     is None, the search will start from all top-level frames and dialog
9674     boxes; if non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
9675     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
9676     """
9677   return _core_.FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
9678
9679 def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
9680   """
9681     FindWindowByName(String name, Window parent=None) -> Window
9682
9683     Find a window by its name (as given in a window constructor or Create
9684     function call). If parent is None, the search will start from all
9685     top-level frames and dialog boxes; if non-None, the search will be
9686     limited to the given window hierarchy. The search is recursive in both
9687     cases.
9688
9689     If no window with such name is found, wx.FindWindowByLabel is called.
9690     """
9691   return _core_.FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
9692
9693 def FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs):
9694   """
9695     FindWindowByLabel(String label, Window parent=None) -> Window
9696
9697     Find a window by its label. Depending on the type of window, the label
9698     may be a window title or panel item label. If parent is None, the
9699     search will start from all top-level frames and dialog boxes; if
9700     non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
9701     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
9702     """
9703   return _core_.FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs)
9704
9705 def Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs):
9706   """Window_FromHWND(Window parent, unsigned long _hWnd) -> Window"""
9707   return _core_.Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs)
9708
9709 def GetTopLevelWindows(*args):
9710   """
9711     GetTopLevelWindows() -> PyObject
9712
9713     Returns a list of the the application's top-level windows, (frames,
9714     dialogs, etc.)  NOTE: Currently this is a copy of the list maintained
9715     by wxWidgets, and so it is only valid as long as no top-level windows
9716     are closed or new top-level windows are created.
9717
9718     """
9719   return _core_.GetTopLevelWindows(*args)
9720 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
9721
9722 class Validator(EvtHandler):
9723     """Proxy of C++ Validator class"""
9724     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
9725     __repr__ = _swig_repr
9726     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
9727         """__init__(self) -> Validator"""
9728         _core_.Validator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Validator(*args, **kwargs))
9729         self._setOORInfo(self)
9730
9731     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
9732         """Clone(self) -> Validator"""
9733         return _core_.Validator_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
9734
9735     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
9736         """Validate(self, Window parent) -> bool"""
9737         return _core_.Validator_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
9738
9739     def TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9740         """TransferToWindow(self) -> bool"""
9741         return _core_.Validator_TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9742
9743     def TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9744         """TransferFromWindow(self) -> bool"""
9745         return _core_.Validator_TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9746
9747     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9748         """GetWindow(self) -> Window"""
9749         return _core_.Validator_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9750
9751     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9752         """SetWindow(self, Window window)"""
9753         return _core_.Validator_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9754
9755     def IsSilent(*args, **kwargs):
9756         """IsSilent() -> bool"""
9757         return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args, **kwargs)
9758
9759     IsSilent = staticmethod(IsSilent)
9760     def SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
9761         """SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
9762         return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
9763
9764     SetBellOnError = staticmethod(SetBellOnError)
9765 _core_.Validator_swigregister(Validator)
9766
9767 def Validator_IsSilent(*args):
9768   """Validator_IsSilent() -> bool"""
9769   return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args)
9770
9771 def Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
9772   """Validator_SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
9773   return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
9774
9775 class PyValidator(Validator):
9776     """Proxy of C++ PyValidator class"""
9777     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
9778     __repr__ = _swig_repr
9779     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
9780         """__init__(self) -> PyValidator"""
9781         _core_.PyValidator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyValidator(*args, **kwargs))
9782
9783         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PyValidator, 1)
9784         self._setOORInfo(self)
9785
9786     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
9787         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, int incref=True)"""
9788         return _core_.PyValidator__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
9789
9790 _core_.PyValidator_swigregister(PyValidator)
9791
9792 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
9793
9794 class Menu(EvtHandler):
9795     """Proxy of C++ Menu class"""
9796     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
9797     __repr__ = _swig_repr
9798     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
9799         """__init__(self, String title=EmptyString, long style=0) -> Menu"""
9800         _core_.Menu_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Menu(*args, **kwargs))
9801         self._setOORInfo(self)
9802
9803     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
9804         """Append(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem"""
9805         return _core_.Menu_Append(*args, **kwargs)
9806
9807     def AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
9808         """AppendSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
9809         return _core_.Menu_AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
9810
9811     def AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
9812         """AppendCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9813         return _core_.Menu_AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
9814
9815     def AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
9816         """AppendRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9817         return _core_.Menu_AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
9818
9819     def AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9820         """AppendMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9821         return _core_.Menu_AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9822
9823     def AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9824         """AppendSubMenu(self, Menu submenu, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9825         return _core_.Menu_AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9826
9827     def AppendItem(*args, **kwargs):
9828         """AppendItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9829         return _core_.Menu_AppendItem(*args, **kwargs)
9830
9831     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
9832         """InsertItem(self, size_t pos, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9833         return _core_.Menu_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
9834
9835     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
9836         """PrependItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9837         return _core_.Menu_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
9838
9839     def Break(*args, **kwargs):
9840         """Break(self)"""
9841         return _core_.Menu_Break(*args, **kwargs)
9842
9843     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
9844         """
9845         Insert(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString,
9846             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
9847         """
9848         return _core_.Menu_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
9849
9850     def InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
9851         """InsertSeparator(self, size_t pos) -> MenuItem"""
9852         return _core_.Menu_InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
9853
9854     def InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
9855         """InsertCheckItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9856         return _core_.Menu_InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
9857
9858     def InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
9859         """InsertRadioItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9860         return _core_.Menu_InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
9861
9862     def InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9863         """InsertMenu(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9864         return _core_.Menu_InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9865
9866     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
9867         """Prepend(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem"""
9868         return _core_.Menu_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
9869
9870     def PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
9871         """PrependSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
9872         return _core_.Menu_PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
9873
9874     def PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
9875         """PrependCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9876         return _core_.Menu_PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
9877
9878     def PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
9879         """PrependRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9880         return _core_.Menu_PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
9881
9882     def PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9883         """PrependMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9884         return _core_.Menu_PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9885
9886     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
9887         """Remove(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
9888         return _core_.Menu_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
9889
9890     def RemoveItem(*args, **kwargs):
9891         """RemoveItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9892         return _core_.Menu_RemoveItem(*args, **kwargs)
9893
9894     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
9895         """Delete(self, int id) -> bool"""
9896         return _core_.Menu_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
9897
9898     def DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs):
9899         """DeleteItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool"""
9900         return _core_.Menu_DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs)
9901
9902     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
9903         """
9904         Destroy(self)
9905
9906         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
9907         """
9908         val = _core_.Menu_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
9909         args[0].thisown = 0
9910         return val
9911
9912     def DestroyId(*args, **kwargs):
9913         """
9914         DestroyId(self, int id) -> bool
9915
9916         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
9917         """
9918         val = _core_.Menu_DestroyId(*args, **kwargs)
9919         args[0].thisown = 0
9920         return val
9921
9922     def DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs):
9923         """
9924         DestroyItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool
9925
9926         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
9927         """
9928         val = _core_.Menu_DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs)
9929         args[0].thisown = 0
9930         return val
9931
9932     def GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs):
9933         """GetMenuItemCount(self) -> size_t"""
9934         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs)
9935
9936     def GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs):
9937         """GetMenuItems(self) -> PyObject"""
9938         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs)
9939
9940     def FindItem(*args, **kwargs):
9941         """FindItem(self, String item) -> int"""
9942         return _core_.Menu_FindItem(*args, **kwargs)
9943
9944     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
9945         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
9946         return _core_.Menu_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
9947
9948     def FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs):
9949         """FindItemByPosition(self, size_t position) -> MenuItem"""
9950         return _core_.Menu_FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs)
9951
9952     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
9953         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
9954         return _core_.Menu_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
9955
9956     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
9957         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
9958         return _core_.Menu_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
9959
9960     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
9961         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
9962         return _core_.Menu_Check(*args, **kwargs)
9963
9964     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
9965         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
9966         return _core_.Menu_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
9967
9968     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
9969         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
9970         return _core_.Menu_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
9971
9972     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
9973         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
9974         return _core_.Menu_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
9975
9976     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
9977         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
9978         return _core_.Menu_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
9979
9980     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
9981         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
9982         return _core_.Menu_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
9983
9984     def SetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
9985         """SetTitle(self, String title)"""
9986         return _core_.Menu_SetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
9987
9988     def GetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
9989         """GetTitle(self) -> String"""
9990         return _core_.Menu_GetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
9991
9992     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
9993         """SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
9994         return _core_.Menu_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
9995
9996     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
9997         """GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
9998         return _core_.Menu_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
9999
10000     def SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10001         """SetInvokingWindow(self, Window win)"""
10002         return _core_.Menu_SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10003
10004     def GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10005         """GetInvokingWindow(self) -> Window"""
10006         return _core_.Menu_GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10007
10008     def GetStyle(*args, **kwargs):
10009         """GetStyle(self) -> long"""
10010         return _core_.Menu_GetStyle(*args, **kwargs)
10011
10012     def UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs):
10013         """UpdateUI(self, EvtHandler source=None)"""
10014         return _core_.Menu_UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs)
10015
10016     def GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs):
10017         """GetMenuBar(self) -> MenuBar"""
10018         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs)
10019
10020     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
10021         """Attach(self, wxMenuBarBase menubar)"""
10022         return _core_.Menu_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
10023
10024     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
10025         """Detach(self)"""
10026         return _core_.Menu_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
10027
10028     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
10029         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
10030         return _core_.Menu_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
10031
10032     def SetParent(*args, **kwargs):
10033         """SetParent(self, Menu parent)"""
10034         return _core_.Menu_SetParent(*args, **kwargs)
10035
10036     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
10037         """GetParent(self) -> Menu"""
10038         return _core_.Menu_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
10039
10040 _core_.Menu_swigregister(Menu)
10041 DefaultValidator = cvar.DefaultValidator
10042
10043 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10044
10045 class MenuBar(Window):
10046     """Proxy of C++ MenuBar class"""
10047     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10048     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10049     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10050         """__init__(self, long style=0) -> MenuBar"""
10051         _core_.MenuBar_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuBar(*args, **kwargs))
10052         self._setOORInfo(self)
10053
10054     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10055         """Append(self, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10056         return _core_.MenuBar_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10057
10058     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10059         """Insert(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10060         return _core_.MenuBar_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10061
10062     def GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs):
10063         """GetMenuCount(self) -> size_t"""
10064         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs)
10065
10066     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10067         """GetMenu(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
10068         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10069
10070     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
10071         """Replace(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> Menu"""
10072         return _core_.MenuBar_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
10073
10074     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
10075         """Remove(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
10076         return _core_.MenuBar_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
10077
10078     def EnableTop(*args, **kwargs):
10079         """EnableTop(self, size_t pos, bool enable)"""
10080         return _core_.MenuBar_EnableTop(*args, **kwargs)
10081
10082     def IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs):
10083         """IsEnabledTop(self, size_t pos) -> bool"""
10084         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs)
10085
10086     def SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
10087         """SetLabelTop(self, size_t pos, String label)"""
10088         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
10089
10090     def GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
10091         """GetLabelTop(self, size_t pos) -> String"""
10092         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
10093
10094     def FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs):
10095         """FindMenuItem(self, String menu, String item) -> int"""
10096         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs)
10097
10098     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
10099         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10100         return _core_.MenuBar_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
10101
10102     def FindMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10103         """FindMenu(self, String title) -> int"""
10104         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10105
10106     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10107         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
10108         return _core_.MenuBar_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10109
10110     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10111         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
10112         return _core_.MenuBar_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10113
10114     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10115         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
10116         return _core_.MenuBar_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10117
10118     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10119         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
10120         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10121
10122     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10123         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
10124         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10125
10126     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10127         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
10128         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10129
10130     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10131         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
10132         return _core_.MenuBar_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10133
10134     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10135         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
10136         return _core_.MenuBar_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10137
10138     def GetFrame(*args, **kwargs):
10139         """GetFrame(self) -> wxFrame"""
10140         return _core_.MenuBar_GetFrame(*args, **kwargs)
10141
10142     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
10143         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
10144         return _core_.MenuBar_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
10145
10146     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
10147         """Attach(self, wxFrame frame)"""
10148         return _core_.MenuBar_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
10149
10150     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
10151         """Detach(self)"""
10152         return _core_.MenuBar_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
10153
10154     def SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10155         """SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
10156         return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10157
10158     SetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(SetAutoWindowMenu)
10159     def GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10160         """GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
10161         return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10162
10163     GetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(GetAutoWindowMenu)
10164 _core_.MenuBar_swigregister(MenuBar)
10165
10166 def MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10167   """MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
10168   return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10169
10170 def MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args):
10171   """MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
10172   return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args)
10173
10174 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10175
10176 class MenuItem(Object):
10177     """Proxy of C++ MenuItem class"""
10178     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10179     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10180     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10181         """
10182         __init__(self, Menu parentMenu=None, int id=ID_ANY, String text=EmptyString,
10183             String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL,
10184             Menu subMenu=None) -> MenuItem
10185         """
10186         _core_.MenuItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuItem(*args, **kwargs))
10187     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_MenuItem
10188     __del__ = lambda self : None;
10189     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10190         """GetMenu(self) -> Menu"""
10191         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10192
10193     def SetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10194         """SetMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
10195         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10196
10197     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
10198         """SetId(self, int id)"""
10199         return _core_.MenuItem_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
10200
10201     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
10202         """GetId(self) -> int"""
10203         return _core_.MenuItem_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
10204
10205     def IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10206         """IsSeparator(self) -> bool"""
10207         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10208
10209     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
10210         """SetText(self, String str)"""
10211         return _core_.MenuItem_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
10212
10213     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10214         """GetLabel(self) -> String"""
10215         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10216
10217     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
10218         """GetText(self) -> String"""
10219         return _core_.MenuItem_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
10220
10221     def GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
10222         """GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
10223         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
10224
10225     GetLabelFromText = staticmethod(GetLabelFromText)
10226     def GetKind(*args, **kwargs):
10227         """GetKind(self) -> int"""
10228         return _core_.MenuItem_GetKind(*args, **kwargs)
10229
10230     def SetKind(*args, **kwargs):
10231         """SetKind(self, int kind)"""
10232         return _core_.MenuItem_SetKind(*args, **kwargs)
10233
10234     def SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
10235         """SetCheckable(self, bool checkable)"""
10236         return _core_.MenuItem_SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
10237
10238     def IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
10239         """IsCheckable(self) -> bool"""
10240         return _core_.MenuItem_IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
10241
10242     def IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10243         """IsSubMenu(self) -> bool"""
10244         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10245
10246     def SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10247         """SetSubMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
10248         return _core_.MenuItem_SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10249
10250     def GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10251         """GetSubMenu(self) -> Menu"""
10252         return _core_.MenuItem_GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10253
10254     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10255         """Enable(self, bool enable=True)"""
10256         return _core_.MenuItem_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10257
10258     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10259         """IsEnabled(self) -> bool"""
10260         return _core_.MenuItem_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10261
10262     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10263         """Check(self, bool check=True)"""
10264         return _core_.MenuItem_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10265
10266     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10267         """IsChecked(self) -> bool"""
10268         return _core_.MenuItem_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10269
10270     def Toggle(*args, **kwargs):
10271         """Toggle(self)"""
10272         return _core_.MenuItem_Toggle(*args, **kwargs)
10273
10274     def SetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
10275         """SetHelp(self, String str)"""
10276         return _core_.MenuItem_SetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
10277
10278     def GetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
10279         """GetHelp(self) -> String"""
10280         return _core_.MenuItem_GetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
10281
10282     def GetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
10283         """GetAccel(self) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
10284         return _core_.MenuItem_GetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
10285
10286     def SetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
10287         """SetAccel(self, AcceleratorEntry accel)"""
10288         return _core_.MenuItem_SetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
10289
10290     def SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10291         """SetBitmap(self, Bitmap bitmap)"""
10292         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10293
10294     def GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10295         """GetBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
10296         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10297
10298     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
10299         """SetFont(self, Font font)"""
10300         return _core_.MenuItem_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
10301
10302     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
10303         """GetFont(self) -> Font"""
10304         return _core_.MenuItem_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
10305
10306     def SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
10307         """SetTextColour(self, Colour colText)"""
10308         return _core_.MenuItem_SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
10309
10310     def GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
10311         """GetTextColour(self) -> Colour"""
10312         return _core_.MenuItem_GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
10313
10314     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
10315         """SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colBack)"""
10316         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
10317
10318     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
10319         """GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour"""
10320         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
10321
10322     def SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs):
10323         """SetBitmaps(self, Bitmap bmpChecked, Bitmap bmpUnchecked=wxNullBitmap)"""
10324         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs)
10325
10326     def SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10327         """SetDisabledBitmap(self, Bitmap bmpDisabled)"""
10328         return _core_.MenuItem_SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10329
10330     def GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10331         """GetDisabledBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
10332         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10333
10334     def SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10335         """SetMarginWidth(self, int nWidth)"""
10336         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10337
10338     def GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10339         """GetMarginWidth(self) -> int"""
10340         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10341
10342     def GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10343         """GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
10344         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10345
10346     GetDefaultMarginWidth = staticmethod(GetDefaultMarginWidth)
10347     def IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10348         """IsOwnerDrawn(self) -> bool"""
10349         return _core_.MenuItem_IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10350
10351     def SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10352         """SetOwnerDrawn(self, bool ownerDrawn=True)"""
10353         return _core_.MenuItem_SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10354
10355     def ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10356         """ResetOwnerDrawn(self)"""
10357         return _core_.MenuItem_ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10358
10359 _core_.MenuItem_swigregister(MenuItem)
10360
10361 def MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
10362   """MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
10363   return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
10364
10365 def MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args):
10366   """MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
10367   return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args)
10368
10369 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10370
10371 class Control(Window):
10372     """
10373     This is the base class for a control or 'widget'.
10374
10375     A control is generally a small window which processes user input
10376     and/or displays one or more item of data.
10377     """
10378     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10379     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10380     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10381         """
10382         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
10383             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
10384             String name=ControlNameStr) -> Control
10385
10386         Create a Control.  Normally you should only call this from a subclass'
10387         __init__ as a plain old wx.Control is not very useful.
10388         """
10389         _core_.Control_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Control(*args, **kwargs))
10390         self._setOORInfo(self)
10391
10392     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
10393         """
10394         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
10395             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
10396             String name=ControlNameStr) -> bool
10397
10398         Do the 2nd phase and create the GUI control.
10399         """
10400         return _core_.Control_Create(*args, **kwargs)
10401
10402     def Command(*args, **kwargs):
10403         """
10404         Command(self, CommandEvent event)
10405
10406         Simulates the effect of the user issuing a command to the item.
10407
10408         :see: `wx.CommandEvent`
10409
10410         """
10411         return _core_.Control_Command(*args, **kwargs)
10412
10413     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10414         """
10415         GetLabel(self) -> String
10416
10417         Return a control's text.
10418         """
10419         return _core_.Control_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10420
10421     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10422         """
10423         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10424
10425         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
10426         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10427         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10428         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10429         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10430
10431         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10432         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10433         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10434         this.
10435         """
10436         return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10437
10438     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
10439 _core_.Control_swigregister(Control)
10440 ControlNameStr = cvar.ControlNameStr
10441
10442 def PreControl(*args, **kwargs):
10443     """
10444     PreControl() -> Control
10445
10446     Precreate a Control control for 2-phase creation
10447     """
10448     val = _core_.new_PreControl(*args, **kwargs)
10449     return val
10450
10451 def Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10452   """
10453     Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10454
10455     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
10456     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10457     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10458     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10459     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10460
10461     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10462     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10463     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10464     this.
10465     """
10466   return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10467
10468 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10469
10470 class ItemContainer(object):
10471     """
10472     The wx.ItemContainer class defines an interface which is implemented
10473     by all controls which have string subitems, each of which may be
10474     selected, such as `wx.ListBox`, `wx.CheckListBox`, `wx.Choice` as well
10475     as `wx.ComboBox` which implements an extended interface deriving from
10476     this one.
10477
10478     It defines the methods for accessing the control's items and although
10479     each of the derived classes implements them differently, they still
10480     all conform to the same interface.
10481
10482     The items in a wx.ItemContainer have (non empty) string labels and,
10483     optionally, client data associated with them.
10484
10485     """
10486     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10487     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
10488     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10489     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10490         """
10491         Append(self, String item, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
10492
10493         Adds the item to the control, associating the given data with the item
10494         if not None.  The return value is the index of the newly added item
10495         which may be different from the last one if the control is sorted (e.g.
10496         has wx.LB_SORT or wx.CB_SORT style).
10497         """
10498         return _core_.ItemContainer_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10499
10500     def AppendItems(*args, **kwargs):
10501         """
10502         AppendItems(self, List strings)
10503
10504         Apend several items at once to the control.  Notice that calling this
10505         method may be much faster than appending the items one by one if you
10506         need to add a lot of items.
10507         """
10508         return _core_.ItemContainer_AppendItems(*args, **kwargs)
10509
10510     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10511         """
10512         Insert(self, String item, unsigned int pos, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
10513
10514         Insert an item into the control before the item at the ``pos`` index,
10515         optionally associating some data object with the item.
10516         """
10517         return _core_.ItemContainer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10518
10519     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
10520         """
10521         Clear(self)
10522
10523         Removes all items from the control.
10524         """
10525         return _core_.ItemContainer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
10526
10527     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
10528         """
10529         Delete(self, unsigned int n)
10530
10531         Deletes the item at the zero-based index 'n' from the control. Note
10532         that it is an error (signalled by a `wx.PyAssertionError` exception if
10533         enabled) to remove an item with the index negative or greater or equal
10534         than the number of items in the control.
10535         """
10536         return _core_.ItemContainer_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
10537
10538     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
10539         """
10540         GetClientData(self, unsigned int n) -> PyObject
10541
10542         Returns the client data associated with the given item, (if any.)
10543         """
10544         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
10545
10546     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
10547         """
10548         SetClientData(self, unsigned int n, PyObject clientData)
10549
10550         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
10551         """
10552         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
10553
10554     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
10555         """
10556         GetCount(self) -> unsigned int
10557
10558         Returns the number of items in the control.
10559         """
10560         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
10561
10562     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
10563         """
10564         IsEmpty(self) -> bool
10565
10566         Returns True if the control is empty or False if it has some items.
10567         """
10568         return _core_.ItemContainer_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
10569
10570     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
10571         """
10572         GetString(self, unsigned int n) -> String
10573
10574         Returns the label of the item with the given index.
10575         """
10576         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
10577
10578     def GetStrings(*args, **kwargs):
10579         """GetStrings(self) -> wxArrayString"""
10580         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStrings(*args, **kwargs)
10581
10582     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
10583         """
10584         SetString(self, unsigned int n, String s)
10585
10586         Sets the label for the given item.
10587         """
10588         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
10589
10590     def FindString(*args, **kwargs):
10591         """
10592         FindString(self, String s) -> int
10593
10594         Finds an item whose label matches the given string.  Returns the
10595         zero-based position of the item, or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if the string was not
10596         found.
10597         """
10598         return _core_.ItemContainer_FindString(*args, **kwargs)
10599
10600     def SetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10601         """
10602         SetSelection(self, int n)
10603
10604         Sets the item at index 'n' to be the selected item.
10605         """
10606         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10607
10608     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10609         """
10610         GetSelection(self) -> int
10611
10612         Returns the index of the selected item or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if no item
10613         is selected.
10614         """
10615         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10616
10617     def SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10618         """SetStringSelection(self, String s) -> bool"""
10619         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10620
10621     def GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10622         """
10623         GetStringSelection(self) -> String
10624
10625         Returns the label of the selected item or an empty string if no item
10626         is selected.
10627         """
10628         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10629
10630     def Select(*args, **kwargs):
10631         """
10632         Select(self, int n)
10633
10634         This is the same as `SetSelection` and exists only because it is
10635         slightly more natural for controls which support multiple selection.
10636         """
10637         return _core_.ItemContainer_Select(*args, **kwargs)
10638
10639 _core_.ItemContainer_swigregister(ItemContainer)
10640
10641 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10642
10643 class ControlWithItems(Control,ItemContainer):
10644     """
10645     wx.ControlWithItems combines the ``wx.ItemContainer`` class with the
10646     wx.Control class, and is used for the base class of various controls
10647     that have items.
10648     """
10649     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10650     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
10651     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10652 _core_.ControlWithItems_swigregister(ControlWithItems)
10653
10654 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10655
10656 class SizerItem(Object):
10657     """
10658     The wx.SizerItem class is used to track the position, size and other
10659     attributes of each item managed by a `wx.Sizer`. It is not usually
10660     necessary to use this class because the sizer elements can also be
10661     identified by their positions or window or sizer references but
10662     sometimes it may be more convenient to use wx.SizerItem directly.
10663     Also, custom classes derived from `wx.PySizer` will probably need to
10664     use the collection of wx.SizerItems held by wx.Sizer when calculating
10665     layout.
10666
10667     :see: `wx.Sizer`, `wx.GBSizerItem`
10668     """
10669     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10670     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10671     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10672         """
10673         __init__(self) -> SizerItem
10674
10675         Constructs an empty wx.SizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
10676         size will need to be set before this item can be used in a Sizer.
10677
10678         You will probably never need to create a wx.SizerItem directly as they
10679         are created automatically when the sizer's Add, Insert or Prepend
10680         methods are called.
10681
10682         :see: `wx.SizerItemSpacer`, `wx.SizerItemWindow`, `wx.SizerItemSizer`
10683         """
10684         _core_.SizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
10685     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_SizerItem
10686     __del__ = lambda self : None;
10687     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
10688         """
10689         DeleteWindows(self)
10690
10691         Destroy the window or the windows in a subsizer, depending on the type
10692         of item.
10693         """
10694         return _core_.SizerItem_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
10695
10696     def DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10697         """
10698         DetachSizer(self)
10699
10700         Enable deleting the SizerItem without destroying the contained sizer.
10701         """
10702         return _core_.SizerItem_DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10703
10704     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
10705         """
10706         GetSize(self) -> Size
10707
10708         Get the current size of the item, as set in the last Layout.
10709         """
10710         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
10711
10712     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
10713         """
10714         CalcMin(self) -> Size
10715
10716         Calculates the minimum desired size for the item, including any space
10717         needed by borders.
10718         """
10719         return _core_.SizerItem_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
10720
10721     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
10722         """
10723         SetDimension(self, Point pos, Size size)
10724
10725         Set the position and size of the space allocated for this item by the
10726         sizer, and adjust the position and size of the item (window or
10727         subsizer) to be within that space taking alignment and borders into
10728         account.
10729         """
10730         return _core_.SizerItem_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
10731
10732     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
10733         """
10734         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
10735
10736         Get the minimum size needed for the item.
10737         """
10738         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
10739
10740     def GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs):
10741         """
10742         GetMinSizeWithBorder(self) -> Size
10743
10744         Get the minimum size needed for the item with space for the borders
10745         added, if needed.
10746         """
10747         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs)
10748
10749     def SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs):
10750         """SetInitSize(self, int x, int y)"""
10751         return _core_.SizerItem_SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs)
10752
10753     def SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs):
10754         """
10755         SetRatioWH(self, int width, int height)
10756
10757         Set the ratio item attribute.
10758         """
10759         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs)
10760
10761     def SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs):
10762         """
10763         SetRatioSize(self, Size size)
10764
10765         Set the ratio item attribute.
10766         """
10767         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs)
10768
10769     def SetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
10770         """
10771         SetRatio(self, float ratio)
10772
10773         Set the ratio item attribute.
10774         """
10775         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
10776
10777     def GetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
10778         """
10779         GetRatio(self) -> float
10780
10781         Set the ratio item attribute.
10782         """
10783         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
10784
10785     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
10786         """
10787         GetRect(self) -> Rect
10788
10789         Returns the rectangle that the sizer item should occupy
10790         """
10791         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
10792
10793     def IsWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10794         """
10795         IsWindow(self) -> bool
10796
10797         Is this sizer item a window?
10798         """
10799         return _core_.SizerItem_IsWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10800
10801     def IsSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10802         """
10803         IsSizer(self) -> bool
10804
10805         Is this sizer item a subsizer?
10806         """
10807         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10808
10809     def IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
10810         """
10811         IsSpacer(self) -> bool
10812
10813         Is this sizer item a spacer?
10814         """
10815         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
10816
10817     def SetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
10818         """
10819         SetProportion(self, int proportion)
10820
10821         Set the proportion value for this item.
10822         """
10823         return _core_.SizerItem_SetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
10824
10825     def GetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
10826         """
10827         GetProportion(self) -> int
10828
10829         Get the proportion value for this item.
10830         """
10831         return _core_.SizerItem_GetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
10832
10833     SetOption = wx._deprecated(SetProportion, "Please use `SetProportion` instead.")
10834     GetOption = wx._deprecated(GetProportion, "Please use `GetProportion` instead.")
10835     def SetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
10836         """
10837         SetFlag(self, int flag)
10838
10839         Set the flag value for this item.
10840         """
10841         return _core_.SizerItem_SetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
10842
10843     def GetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
10844         """
10845         GetFlag(self) -> int
10846
10847         Get the flag value for this item.
10848         """
10849         return _core_.SizerItem_GetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
10850
10851     def SetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
10852         """
10853         SetBorder(self, int border)
10854
10855         Set the border value for this item.
10856         """
10857         return _core_.SizerItem_SetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
10858
10859     def GetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
10860         """
10861         GetBorder(self) -> int
10862
10863         Get the border value for this item.
10864         """
10865         return _core_.SizerItem_GetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
10866
10867     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10868         """
10869         GetWindow(self) -> Window
10870
10871         Get the window (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
10872         """
10873         return _core_.SizerItem_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10874
10875     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10876         """
10877         SetWindow(self, Window window)
10878
10879         Set the window to be managed by this sizer item.
10880         """
10881         return _core_.SizerItem_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10882
10883     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10884         """
10885         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
10886
10887         Get the subsizer (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
10888         """
10889         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10890
10891     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10892         """
10893         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
10894
10895         Set the subsizer to be managed by this sizer item.
10896         """
10897         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10898
10899     def GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
10900         """
10901         GetSpacer(self) -> Size
10902
10903         Get the size of the spacer managed by this sizer item.
10904         """
10905         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
10906
10907     def SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
10908         """
10909         SetSpacer(self, Size size)
10910
10911         Set the size of the spacer to be managed by this sizer item.
10912         """
10913         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
10914
10915     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
10916         """
10917         Show(self, bool show)
10918
10919         Set the show item attribute, which sizers use to determine if the item
10920         is to be made part of the layout or not. If the item is tracking a
10921         window then it is shown or hidden as needed.
10922         """
10923         return _core_.SizerItem_Show(*args, **kwargs)
10924
10925     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
10926         """
10927         IsShown(self) -> bool
10928
10929         Is the item to be shown in the layout?
10930         """
10931         return _core_.SizerItem_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
10932
10933     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
10934         """
10935         GetPosition(self) -> Point
10936
10937         Returns the current position of the item, as set in the last Layout.
10938         """
10939         return _core_.SizerItem_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
10940
10941     def GetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
10942         """
10943         GetUserData(self) -> PyObject
10944
10945         Returns the userData associated with this sizer item, or None if there
10946         isn't any.
10947         """
10948         return _core_.SizerItem_GetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
10949
10950     def SetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
10951         """
10952         SetUserData(self, PyObject userData)
10953
10954         Associate a Python object with this sizer item.
10955         """
10956         return _core_.SizerItem_SetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
10957
10958 _core_.SizerItem_swigregister(SizerItem)
10959
10960 def SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10961     """
10962     SizerItemWindow(Window window, int proportion, int flag, int border,
10963         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
10964
10965     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a window.
10966     """
10967     val = _core_.new_SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10968     return val
10969
10970 def SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
10971     """
10972     SizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, int proportion, int flag, int border,
10973         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
10974
10975     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a spacer.
10976     """
10977     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
10978     return val
10979
10980 def SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10981     """
10982     SizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, int proportion, int flag, int border,
10983         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
10984
10985     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a subsizer
10986     """
10987     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10988     return val
10989
10990 class Sizer(Object):
10991     """
10992     wx.Sizer is the abstract base class used for laying out subwindows in
10993     a window.  You cannot use wx.Sizer directly; instead, you will have to
10994     use one of the sizer classes derived from it such as `wx.BoxSizer`,
10995     `wx.StaticBoxSizer`, `wx.GridSizer`, `wx.FlexGridSizer` and
10996     `wx.GridBagSizer`.
10997
10998     The concept implemented by sizers in wxWidgets is closely related to
10999     layout tools in other GUI toolkits, such as Java's AWT, the GTK
11000     toolkit or the Qt toolkit. It is based upon the idea of the individual
11001     subwindows reporting their minimal required size and their ability to
11002     get stretched if the size of the parent window has changed. This will
11003     most often mean that the programmer does not set the original size of
11004     a dialog in the beginning, rather the dialog will assigned a sizer and
11005     this sizer will be queried about the recommended size. The sizer in
11006     turn will query its children, which can be normal windows or contorls,
11007     empty space or other sizers, so that a hierarchy of sizers can be
11008     constructed. Note that wxSizer does not derive from wxWindow and thus
11009     do not interfere with tab ordering and requires very little resources
11010     compared to a real window on screen.
11011
11012     What makes sizers so well fitted for use in wxWidgets is the fact that
11013     every control reports its own minimal size and the algorithm can
11014     handle differences in font sizes or different window (dialog item)
11015     sizes on different platforms without problems. If for example the
11016     standard font as well as the overall design of Mac widgets requires
11017     more space than on Windows, then the initial size of a dialog using a
11018     sizer will automatically be bigger on Mac than on Windows.
11019     """
11020     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11021     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
11022     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11023     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Sizer
11024     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11025     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
11026         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self)"""
11027         return _core_.Sizer__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
11028
11029     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
11030         """
11031         Add(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11032             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11033
11034         Appends a child item to the sizer.
11035         """
11036         return _core_.Sizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
11037
11038     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
11039         """
11040         Insert(self, int before, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11041             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11042
11043         Inserts a new item into the list of items managed by this sizer before
11044         the item at index *before*.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
11045         """
11046         return _core_.Sizer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
11047
11048     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
11049         """
11050         Prepend(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11051             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11052
11053         Adds a new item to the begining of the list of sizer items managed by
11054         this sizer.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
11055         """
11056         return _core_.Sizer_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
11057
11058     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
11059         """
11060         Remove(self, item) -> bool
11061
11062         Removes an item from the sizer and destroys it.  This method does not
11063         cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to update
11064         the layout on screen after removing a child from the sizer.  The
11065         *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based
11066         index of an item to remove.  Returns True if the child item was found
11067         and removed.
11068         """
11069         return _core_.Sizer_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
11070
11071     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
11072         """
11073         Detach(self, item) -> bool
11074
11075         Detaches an item from the sizer without destroying it.  This method
11076         does not cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to
11077         do so.  The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
11078         zero-based index of the item to be detached.  Returns True if the child item
11079         was found and detached.
11080         """
11081         return _core_.Sizer_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
11082
11083     def GetItem(*args, **kwargs):
11084         """
11085         GetItem(self, item) -> wx.SizerItem
11086
11087         Returns the `wx.SizerItem` which holds the *item* given.  The *item*
11088         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11089         the item to be found.
11090         """
11091         return _core_.Sizer_GetItem(*args, **kwargs)
11092
11093     def _SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11094         """_SetItemMinSize(self, PyObject item, Size size)"""
11095         return _core_.Sizer__SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11096
11097     def SetItemMinSize(self, item, *args):
11098         """
11099         SetItemMinSize(self, item, Size size)
11100
11101         Sets the minimum size that will be allocated for an item in the sizer.
11102         The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
11103         zero-based index of the item.  If a window or sizer is given then it
11104         will be searched for recursivly in subsizers if neccessary.
11105         """
11106         if len(args) == 2:
11107             # for backward compatibility accept separate width,height args too
11108             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args)
11109         else:
11110             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args[0])
11111
11112     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
11113         """
11114         AddItem(self, SizerItem item)
11115
11116         Adds a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
11117         """
11118         return _core_.Sizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
11119
11120     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
11121         """
11122         InsertItem(self, int index, SizerItem item)
11123
11124         Inserts a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer at the position given by *index*.
11125         """
11126         return _core_.Sizer_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
11127
11128     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
11129         """
11130         PrependItem(self, SizerItem item)
11131
11132         Prepends a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
11133         """
11134         return _core_.Sizer_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
11135
11136     def AddMany(self, items):
11137         """
11138         AddMany is a convenience method for adding several items
11139         to a sizer at one time.  Simply pass it a list of tuples,
11140         where each tuple consists of the parameters that you
11141         would normally pass to the `Add` method.
11142         """
11143         for item in items:
11144             if type(item) != type(()) or (len(item) == 2 and type(item[0]) == type(1)):
11145                 item = (item, )
11146             self.Add(*item)
11147
11148     # for backwards compatibility only, please do not use in new code
11149     def AddWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11150         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11151         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11152     def AddSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11153         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11154         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11155     def AddSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11156         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11157         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11158
11159     def PrependWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11160         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11161         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11162     def PrependSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11163         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11164         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11165     def PrependSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11166         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11167         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11168
11169     def InsertWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11170         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11171         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11172     def InsertSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11173         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11174         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11175     def InsertSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11176         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11177         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11178
11179     def RemoveWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11180         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11181         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11182     def RemoveSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11183         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11184         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11185     def RemovePos(self, *args, **kw):
11186         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11187         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11188
11189
11190     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
11191         """
11192         SetDimension(self, int x, int y, int width, int height)
11193
11194         Call this to force the sizer to take the given dimension and thus
11195         force the items owned by the sizer to resize themselves according to
11196         the rules defined by the parameter in the `Add`, `Insert` or `Prepend`
11197         methods.
11198         """
11199         return _core_.Sizer_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
11200
11201     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11202         """
11203         SetMinSize(self, Size size)
11204
11205         Call this to give the sizer a minimal size. Normally, the sizer will
11206         calculate its minimal size based purely on how much space its children
11207         need. After calling this method `GetMinSize` will return either the
11208         minimal size as requested by its children or the minimal size set
11209         here, depending on which is bigger.
11210         """
11211         return _core_.Sizer_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11212
11213     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
11214         """
11215         GetSize(self) -> Size
11216
11217         Returns the current size of the space managed by the sizer.
11218         """
11219         return _core_.Sizer_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
11220
11221     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
11222         """
11223         GetPosition(self) -> Point
11224
11225         Returns the current position of the sizer's managed space.
11226         """
11227         return _core_.Sizer_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
11228
11229     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11230         """
11231         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
11232
11233         Returns the minimal size of the sizer. This is either the combined
11234         minimal size of all the children and their borders or the minimal size
11235         set by SetMinSize, depending on which is bigger.
11236         """
11237         return _core_.Sizer_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11238
11239     def GetSizeTuple(self):
11240         return self.GetSize().Get()
11241     def GetPositionTuple(self):
11242         return self.GetPosition().Get()
11243     def GetMinSizeTuple(self):
11244         return self.GetMinSize().Get()
11245
11246     def RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs):
11247         """
11248         RecalcSizes(self)
11249
11250         Using the sizes calculated by `CalcMin` reposition and resize all the
11251         items managed by this sizer.  You should not need to call this directly as
11252         it is called by `Layout`.
11253         """
11254         return _core_.Sizer_RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs)
11255
11256     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
11257         """
11258         CalcMin(self) -> Size
11259
11260         This method is where the sizer will do the actual calculation of its
11261         children's minimal sizes.  You should not need to call this directly as
11262         it is called by `Layout`.
11263         """
11264         return _core_.Sizer_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
11265
11266     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
11267         """
11268         Layout(self)
11269
11270         This method will force the recalculation and layout of the items
11271         controlled by the sizer using the current space allocated to the
11272         sizer.  Normally this is called automatically from the owning window's
11273         EVT_SIZE handler, but it is also useful to call it from user code when
11274         one of the items in a sizer change size, or items are added or
11275         removed.
11276         """
11277         return _core_.Sizer_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
11278
11279     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
11280         """
11281         Fit(self, Window window) -> Size
11282
11283         Tell the sizer to resize the *window* to match the sizer's minimal
11284         size. This is commonly done in the constructor of the window itself in
11285         order to set its initial size to match the needs of the children as
11286         determined by the sizer.  Returns the new size.
11287
11288         For a top level window this is the total window size, not the client size.
11289         """
11290         return _core_.Sizer_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
11291
11292     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
11293         """
11294         FitInside(self, Window window)
11295
11296         Tell the sizer to resize the *virtual size* of the *window* to match the
11297         sizer's minimal size. This will not alter the on screen size of the
11298         window, but may cause the addition/removal/alteration of scrollbars
11299         required to view the virtual area in windows which manage it.
11300
11301         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`, `SetVirtualSizeHints`
11302
11303         """
11304         return _core_.Sizer_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
11305
11306     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
11307         """
11308         SetSizeHints(self, Window window)
11309
11310         Tell the sizer to set (and `Fit`) the minimal size of the *window* to
11311         match the sizer's minimal size. This is commonly done in the
11312         constructor of the window itself if the window is resizable (as are
11313         many dialogs under Unix and frames on probably all platforms) in order
11314         to prevent the window from being sized smaller than the minimal size
11315         required by the sizer.
11316         """
11317         return _core_.Sizer_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
11318
11319     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
11320         """
11321         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, Window window)
11322
11323         Tell the sizer to set the minimal size of the window virtual area to
11324         match the sizer's minimal size. For windows with managed scrollbars
11325         this will set them appropriately.
11326
11327         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`
11328
11329         """
11330         return _core_.Sizer_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
11331
11332     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
11333         """
11334         Clear(self, bool deleteWindows=False)
11335
11336         Clear all items from the sizer, optionally destroying the window items
11337         as well.
11338         """
11339         return _core_.Sizer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
11340
11341     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
11342         """
11343         DeleteWindows(self)
11344
11345         Destroy all windows managed by the sizer.
11346         """
11347         return _core_.Sizer_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
11348
11349     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
11350         """
11351         GetChildren(self) -> list
11352
11353         Returns a list of all the `wx.SizerItem` objects managed by the sizer.
11354         """
11355         return _core_.Sizer_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
11356
11357     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
11358         """
11359         Show(self, item, bool show=True, bool recursive=false) -> bool
11360
11361         Shows or hides an item managed by the sizer.  To make a sizer item
11362         disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
11363         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11364         the item.  Use the recursive parameter to show or hide an item in a
11365         subsizer.  Returns True if the item was found.
11366         """
11367         return _core_.Sizer_Show(*args, **kwargs)
11368
11369     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
11370         """
11371         IsShown(self, item)
11372
11373         Determines if the item is currently shown. To make a sizer
11374         item disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
11375         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11376         the item.
11377         """
11378         return _core_.Sizer_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
11379
11380     def Hide(self, item, recursive=False):
11381         """
11382         A convenience method for `Show` (item, False, recursive).
11383         """
11384         return self.Show(item, False, recursive)
11385
11386     def ShowItems(*args, **kwargs):
11387         """
11388         ShowItems(self, bool show)
11389
11390         Recursively call `wx.SizerItem.Show` on all sizer items.
11391         """
11392         return _core_.Sizer_ShowItems(*args, **kwargs)
11393
11394 _core_.Sizer_swigregister(Sizer)
11395
11396 class PySizer(Sizer):
11397     """
11398     wx.PySizer is a special version of `wx.Sizer` that has been
11399     instrumented to allow the C++ virtual methods to be overloaded in
11400     Python derived classes.  You would derive from this class if you are
11401     wanting to implement a custom sizer in Python code.  Simply implement
11402     `CalcMin` and `RecalcSizes` in the derived class and you're all set.
11403     For example::
11404
11405         class MySizer(wx.PySizer):
11406              def __init__(self):
11407                  wx.PySizer.__init__(self)
11408
11409              def CalcMin(self):
11410                  for item in self.GetChildren():
11411                       # calculate the total minimum width and height needed
11412                       # by all items in the sizer according to this sizer's
11413                       # layout algorithm.
11414                       ...
11415                  return wx.Size(width, height)
11416
11417               def RecalcSizes(self):
11418                   # find the space allotted to this sizer
11419                   pos = self.GetPosition()
11420                   size = self.GetSize()
11421                   for item in self.GetChildren():
11422                       # Recalculate (if necessary) the position and size of
11423                       # each item and then call item.SetDimension to do the
11424                       # actual positioning and sizing of the items within the
11425                       # space alloted to this sizer.
11426                       ...
11427                       item.SetDimension(itemPos, itemSize)
11428
11429
11430     When `Layout` is called it first calls `CalcMin` followed by
11431     `RecalcSizes` so you can optimize a bit by saving the results of
11432     `CalcMin` and reusing them in `RecalcSizes`.
11433
11434     :see: `wx.SizerItem`, `wx.Sizer.GetChildren`
11435
11436
11437     """
11438     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11439     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11440     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11441         """
11442         __init__(self) -> PySizer
11443
11444         Creates a wx.PySizer.  Must be called from the __init__ in the derived
11445         class.
11446         """
11447         _core_.PySizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PySizer(*args, **kwargs))
11448         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PySizer);self._setOORInfo(self)
11449
11450     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
11451         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
11452         return _core_.PySizer__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
11453
11454 _core_.PySizer_swigregister(PySizer)
11455
11456 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11457
11458 class BoxSizer(Sizer):
11459     """
11460     The basic idea behind a box sizer is that windows will most often be
11461     laid out in rather simple basic geometry, typically in a row or a
11462     column or nested hierarchies of either.  A wx.BoxSizer will lay out
11463     its items in a simple row or column, depending on the orientation
11464     parameter passed to the constructor.
11465     """
11466     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11467     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11468     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11469         """
11470         __init__(self, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> BoxSizer
11471
11472         Constructor for a wx.BoxSizer. *orient* may be one of ``wx.VERTICAL``
11473         or ``wx.HORIZONTAL`` for creating either a column sizer or a row
11474         sizer.
11475         """
11476         _core_.BoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11477         self._setOORInfo(self)
11478
11479     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
11480         """
11481         GetOrientation(self) -> int
11482
11483         Returns the current orientation of the sizer.
11484         """
11485         return _core_.BoxSizer_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
11486
11487     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
11488         """
11489         SetOrientation(self, int orient)
11490
11491         Resets the orientation of the sizer.
11492         """
11493         return _core_.BoxSizer_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
11494
11495 _core_.BoxSizer_swigregister(BoxSizer)
11496
11497 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11498
11499 class StaticBoxSizer(BoxSizer):
11500     """
11501     wx.StaticBoxSizer derives from and functions identically to the
11502     `wx.BoxSizer` and adds a `wx.StaticBox` around the items that the sizer
11503     manages.  Note that this static box must be created separately and
11504     passed to the sizer constructor.
11505     """
11506     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11507     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11508     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11509         """
11510         __init__(self, StaticBox box, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> StaticBoxSizer
11511
11512         Constructor. It takes an associated static box and the orientation
11513         *orient* as parameters - orient can be either of ``wx.VERTICAL`` or
11514         ``wx.HORIZONTAL``.
11515         """
11516         _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StaticBoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11517         self._setOORInfo(self)
11518
11519     def GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs):
11520         """
11521         GetStaticBox(self) -> StaticBox
11522
11523         Returns the static box associated with this sizer.
11524         """
11525         return _core_.StaticBoxSizer_GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs)
11526
11527 _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swigregister(StaticBoxSizer)
11528
11529 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11530
11531 class GridSizer(Sizer):
11532     """
11533     A grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
11534     two-dimensional table with all cells having the same size.  In other
11535     words, the width of each cell within the grid is the width of the
11536     widest item added to the sizer and the height of each grid cell is the
11537     height of the tallest item.  An optional vertical and/or horizontal
11538     gap between items can also be specified (in pixels.)
11539
11540     Items are placed in the cells of the grid in the order they are added,
11541     in row-major order.  In other words, the first row is filled first,
11542     then the second, and so on until all items have been added. (If
11543     neccessary, additional rows will be added as items are added.)  If you
11544     need to have greater control over the cells that items are placed in
11545     then use the `wx.GridBagSizer`.
11546
11547     """
11548     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11549     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11550     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11551         """
11552         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridSizer
11553
11554         Constructor for a wx.GridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the number
11555         of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters is
11556         zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
11557         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
11558         define extra space between all children.
11559         """
11560         _core_.GridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11561         self._setOORInfo(self)
11562
11563     def SetCols(*args, **kwargs):
11564         """
11565         SetCols(self, int cols)
11566
11567         Sets the number of columns in the sizer.
11568         """
11569         return _core_.GridSizer_SetCols(*args, **kwargs)
11570
11571     def SetRows(*args, **kwargs):
11572         """
11573         SetRows(self, int rows)
11574
11575         Sets the number of rows in the sizer.
11576         """
11577         return _core_.GridSizer_SetRows(*args, **kwargs)
11578
11579     def SetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
11580         """
11581         SetVGap(self, int gap)
11582
11583         Sets the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
11584         """
11585         return _core_.GridSizer_SetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
11586
11587     def SetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
11588         """
11589         SetHGap(self, int gap)
11590
11591         Sets the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer
11592         """
11593         return _core_.GridSizer_SetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
11594
11595     def GetCols(*args, **kwargs):
11596         """
11597         GetCols(self) -> int
11598
11599         Returns the number of columns in the sizer.
11600         """
11601         return _core_.GridSizer_GetCols(*args, **kwargs)
11602
11603     def GetRows(*args, **kwargs):
11604         """
11605         GetRows(self) -> int
11606
11607         Returns the number of rows in the sizer.
11608         """
11609         return _core_.GridSizer_GetRows(*args, **kwargs)
11610
11611     def GetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
11612         """
11613         GetVGap(self) -> int
11614
11615         Returns the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
11616         """
11617         return _core_.GridSizer_GetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
11618
11619     def GetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
11620         """
11621         GetHGap(self) -> int
11622
11623         Returns the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer.
11624         """
11625         return _core_.GridSizer_GetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
11626
11627     def CalcRowsCols(self):
11628         """
11629         CalcRowsCols() -> (rows, cols)
11630
11631         Calculates how many rows and columns will be in the sizer based
11632         on the current number of items and also the rows, cols specified
11633         in the constructor.
11634         """
11635         nitems = len(self.GetChildren())
11636         rows = self.GetRows()
11637         cols = self.GetCols()
11638         assert rows != 0 or cols != 0, "Grid sizer must have either rows or columns fixed"
11639         if cols != 0:
11640             rows = (nitems + cols - 1) / cols
11641         elif rows != 0:
11642             cols = (nitems + rows - 1) / rows
11643         return (rows, cols)
11644
11645 _core_.GridSizer_swigregister(GridSizer)
11646
11647 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11648
11649 FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE
11650 FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED
11651 FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL
11652 class FlexGridSizer(GridSizer):
11653     """
11654     A flex grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
11655     two-dimensional table with all table cells in one row having the same
11656     height and all cells in one column having the same width, but all
11657     rows or all columns are not necessarily the same height or width as in
11658     the `wx.GridSizer`.
11659
11660     wx.FlexGridSizer can also size items equally in one direction but
11661     unequally ("flexibly") in the other. If the sizer is only flexible
11662     in one direction (this can be changed using `SetFlexibleDirection`), it
11663     needs to be decided how the sizer should grow in the other ("non
11664     flexible") direction in order to fill the available space. The
11665     `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode` method serves this purpose.
11666
11667
11668     """
11669     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11670     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11671     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11672         """
11673         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> FlexGridSizer
11674
11675         Constructor for a wx.FlexGridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the
11676         number of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters
11677         is zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
11678         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
11679         define extra space between all children.
11680         """
11681         _core_.FlexGridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FlexGridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11682         self._setOORInfo(self)
11683
11684     def AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
11685         """
11686         AddGrowableRow(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
11687
11688         Specifies that row *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if there
11689         is extra space available to the sizer.
11690
11691         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
11692         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
11693         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
11694         """
11695         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
11696
11697     def RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
11698         """
11699         RemoveGrowableRow(self, size_t idx)
11700
11701         Specifies that row *idx* is no longer growable.
11702         """
11703         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
11704
11705     def AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
11706         """
11707         AddGrowableCol(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
11708
11709         Specifies that column *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if
11710         there is extra space available to the sizer.
11711
11712         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
11713         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
11714         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
11715         """
11716         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
11717
11718     def RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
11719         """
11720         RemoveGrowableCol(self, size_t idx)
11721
11722         Specifies that column *idx* is no longer growable.
11723         """
11724         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
11725
11726     def SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
11727         """
11728         SetFlexibleDirection(self, int direction)
11729
11730         Specifies whether the sizer should flexibly resize its columns, rows,
11731         or both. Argument *direction* can be one of the following values.  Any
11732         other value is ignored.
11733
11734             ==============    =======================================
11735             wx.VERTICAL       Rows are flexibly sized.
11736             wx.HORIZONTAL     Columns are flexibly sized.
11737             wx.BOTH           Both rows and columns are flexibly sized
11738                               (this is the default value).
11739             ==============    =======================================
11740
11741         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
11742
11743         """
11744         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
11745
11746     def GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
11747         """
11748         GetFlexibleDirection(self) -> int
11749
11750         Returns a value that specifies whether the sizer
11751         flexibly resizes its columns, rows, or both (default).
11752
11753         :see: `SetFlexibleDirection`
11754         """
11755         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
11756
11757     def SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
11758         """
11759         SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self, int mode)
11760
11761         Specifies how the sizer should grow in the non-flexible direction if
11762         there is one (so `SetFlexibleDirection` must have been called
11763         previously). Argument *mode* can be one of the following values:
11764
11765             ==========================  =================================================
11766             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE       Sizer doesn't grow in the non flexible direction.
11767             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED  Sizer honors growable columns/rows set with
11768                                         `AddGrowableCol` and `AddGrowableRow`. In this
11769                                         case equal sizing applies to minimum sizes of
11770                                         columns or rows (this is the default value).
11771             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL        Sizer equally stretches all columns or rows in
11772                                         the non flexible direction, whether they are
11773                                         growable or not in the flexbile direction.
11774             ==========================  =================================================
11775
11776         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
11777
11778
11779         """
11780         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
11781
11782     def GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
11783         """
11784         GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self) -> int
11785
11786         Returns the value that specifies how the sizer grows in the
11787         non-flexible direction if there is one.
11788
11789         :see: `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode`
11790         """
11791         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
11792
11793     def GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs):
11794         """
11795         GetRowHeights(self) -> list
11796
11797         Returns a list of integers representing the heights of each of the
11798         rows in the sizer.
11799         """
11800         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs)
11801
11802     def GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs):
11803         """
11804         GetColWidths(self) -> list
11805
11806         Returns a list of integers representing the widths of each of the
11807         columns in the sizer.
11808         """
11809         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs)
11810
11811 _core_.FlexGridSizer_swigregister(FlexGridSizer)
11812
11813 class StdDialogButtonSizer(BoxSizer):
11814     """
11815     A special sizer that knows how to order and position standard buttons
11816     in order to conform to the current platform's standards.  You simply
11817     need to add each `wx.Button` to the sizer, and be sure to create the
11818     buttons using the standard ID's.  Then call `Realize` and the sizer
11819     will take care of the rest.
11820
11821     """
11822     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11823     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11824     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11825         """__init__(self) -> StdDialogButtonSizer"""
11826         _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StdDialogButtonSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11827     def AddButton(*args, **kwargs):
11828         """
11829         AddButton(self, wxButton button)
11830
11831         Use this to add the buttons to this sizer.  Do not use the `Add`
11832         method in the base class.
11833         """
11834         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_AddButton(*args, **kwargs)
11835
11836     def Realize(*args, **kwargs):
11837         """
11838         Realize(self)
11839
11840         This funciton needs to be called after all the buttons have been added
11841         to the sizer.  It will reorder them and position them in a platform
11842         specifc manner.
11843         """
11844         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_Realize(*args, **kwargs)
11845
11846     def SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
11847         """SetAffirmativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
11848         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
11849
11850     def SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
11851         """SetNegativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
11852         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
11853
11854     def SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
11855         """SetCancelButton(self, wxButton button)"""
11856         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
11857
11858     def GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
11859         """GetAffirmativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11860         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
11861
11862     def GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs):
11863         """GetApplyButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11864         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs)
11865
11866     def GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
11867         """GetNegativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11868         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
11869
11870     def GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
11871         """GetCancelButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11872         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
11873
11874     def GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs):
11875         """GetHelpButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11876         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs)
11877
11878 _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swigregister(StdDialogButtonSizer)
11879
11880 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11881
11882 class GBPosition(object):
11883     """
11884     This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
11885     rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
11886     typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
11887     integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
11888     representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
11889     """
11890     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11891     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11892     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11893         """
11894         __init__(self, int row=0, int col=0) -> GBPosition
11895
11896         This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
11897         rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
11898         typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
11899         integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
11900         representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
11901         """
11902         _core_.GBPosition_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBPosition(*args, **kwargs))
11903     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBPosition
11904     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11905     def GetRow(*args, **kwargs):
11906         """GetRow(self) -> int"""
11907         return _core_.GBPosition_GetRow(*args, **kwargs)
11908
11909     def GetCol(*args, **kwargs):
11910         """GetCol(self) -> int"""
11911         return _core_.GBPosition_GetCol(*args, **kwargs)
11912
11913     def SetRow(*args, **kwargs):
11914         """SetRow(self, int row)"""
11915         return _core_.GBPosition_SetRow(*args, **kwargs)
11916
11917     def SetCol(*args, **kwargs):
11918         """SetCol(self, int col)"""
11919         return _core_.GBPosition_SetCol(*args, **kwargs)
11920
11921     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
11922         """
11923         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
11924
11925         Compare GBPosition for equality.
11926         """
11927         return _core_.GBPosition___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
11928
11929     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
11930         """
11931         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
11932
11933         Compare GBPosition for inequality.
11934         """
11935         return _core_.GBPosition___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
11936
11937     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
11938         """Set(self, int row=0, int col=0)"""
11939         return _core_.GBPosition_Set(*args, **kwargs)
11940
11941     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
11942         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
11943         return _core_.GBPosition_Get(*args, **kwargs)
11944
11945     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
11946     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
11947     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBPosition'+str(self.Get())
11948     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
11949     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
11950     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
11951         if index == 0: self.SetRow(val)
11952         elif index == 1: self.SetCol(val)
11953         else: raise IndexError
11954     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
11955     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
11956     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBPosition, self.Get())
11957
11958     row = property(GetRow, SetRow)
11959     col = property(GetCol, SetCol)
11960
11961 _core_.GBPosition_swigregister(GBPosition)
11962
11963 class GBSpan(object):
11964     """
11965     This class is used to hold the row and column spanning attributes of
11966     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has typemaps that will
11967     automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of integers to a
11968     wx.GBSpan, so you can use the more pythonic representation of the span
11969     nearly transparently in Python code.
11970
11971     """
11972     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11973     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11974     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11975         """
11976         __init__(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1) -> GBSpan
11977
11978         Construct a new wxGBSpan, optionally setting the rowspan and
11979         colspan. The default is (1,1). (Meaning that the item occupies one
11980         cell in each direction.
11981         """
11982         _core_.GBSpan_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSpan(*args, **kwargs))
11983     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSpan
11984     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11985     def GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
11986         """GetRowspan(self) -> int"""
11987         return _core_.GBSpan_GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
11988
11989     def GetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
11990         """GetColspan(self) -> int"""
11991         return _core_.GBSpan_GetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
11992
11993     def SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
11994         """SetRowspan(self, int rowspan)"""
11995         return _core_.GBSpan_SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
11996
11997     def SetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
11998         """SetColspan(self, int colspan)"""
11999         return _core_.GBSpan_SetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
12000
12001     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
12002         """
12003         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12004
12005         Compare wxGBSpan for equality.
12006         """
12007         return _core_.GBSpan___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
12008
12009     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
12010         """
12011         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12012
12013         Compare GBSpan for inequality.
12014         """
12015         return _core_.GBSpan___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
12016
12017     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
12018         """Set(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1)"""
12019         return _core_.GBSpan_Set(*args, **kwargs)
12020
12021     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
12022         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
12023         return _core_.GBSpan_Get(*args, **kwargs)
12024
12025     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
12026     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
12027     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBSpan'+str(self.Get())
12028     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
12029     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
12030     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
12031         if index == 0: self.SetRowspan(val)
12032         elif index == 1: self.SetColspan(val)
12033         else: raise IndexError
12034     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
12035     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
12036     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBSpan, self.Get())
12037
12038     rowspan = property(GetRowspan, SetRowspan)
12039     colspan = property(GetColspan, SetColspan)
12040
12041 _core_.GBSpan_swigregister(GBSpan)
12042
12043 class GBSizerItem(SizerItem):
12044     """
12045     The wx.GBSizerItem class is used to track the additional data about
12046     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer` such as the item's position in the grid
12047     and how many rows or columns it spans.
12048
12049     """
12050     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12051     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12052     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12053         """
12054         __init__(self) -> GBSizerItem
12055
12056         Constructs an empty wx.GBSizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
12057         size will need to be set, as well as a position and span before this
12058         item can be used in a Sizer.
12059
12060         You will probably never need to create a wx.GBSizerItem directly as they
12061         are created automatically when the sizer's Add method is called.
12062         """
12063         _core_.GBSizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
12064     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSizerItem
12065     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12066     def GetPos(*args, **kwargs):
12067         """
12068         GetPos(self) -> GBPosition
12069
12070         Get the grid position of the item
12071         """
12072         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetPos(*args, **kwargs)
12073
12074     def GetPosTuple(self): return self.GetPos().Get()
12075     def GetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
12076         """
12077         GetSpan(self) -> GBSpan
12078
12079         Get the row and column spanning of the item
12080         """
12081         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
12082
12083     def GetSpanTuple(self): return self.GetSpan().Get()
12084     def SetPos(*args, **kwargs):
12085         """
12086         SetPos(self, GBPosition pos) -> bool
12087
12088         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
12089         there is no other item that would intersect with this one at the new
12090         position, then set the new position.  Returns True if the change is
12091         successful and after the next Layout() the item will be moved.
12092         """
12093         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetPos(*args, **kwargs)
12094
12095     def SetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
12096         """
12097         SetSpan(self, GBSpan span) -> bool
12098
12099         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
12100         there is no other item that would intersect with this one with its new
12101         spanning size, then set the new spanning.  Returns True if the change
12102         is successful and after the next Layout() the item will be resized.
12103
12104         """
12105         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
12106
12107     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
12108         """
12109         Intersects(self, GBSizerItem other) -> bool
12110
12111         Returns True if this item and the other item instersect.
12112         """
12113         return _core_.GBSizerItem_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
12114
12115     def IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs):
12116         """
12117         IntersectsPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span) -> bool
12118
12119         Returns True if the given pos/span would intersect with this item.
12120         """
12121         return _core_.GBSizerItem_IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs)
12122
12123     def GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs):
12124         """
12125         GetEndPos(self) -> GBPosition
12126
12127         Get the row and column of the endpoint of this item.
12128         """
12129         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs)
12130
12131     def GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12132         """
12133         GetGBSizer(self) -> GridBagSizer
12134
12135         Get the sizer this item is a member of.
12136         """
12137         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12138
12139     def SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12140         """
12141         SetGBSizer(self, GridBagSizer sizer)
12142
12143         Set the sizer this item is a member of.
12144         """
12145         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12146
12147 _core_.GBSizerItem_swigregister(GBSizerItem)
12148 DefaultSpan = cvar.DefaultSpan
12149
12150 def GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12151     """
12152     GBSizerItemWindow(Window window, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
12153         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12154
12155     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a window.
12156     """
12157     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12158     return val
12159
12160 def GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12161     """
12162     GBSizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
12163         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12164
12165     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a sizer
12166     """
12167     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12168     return val
12169
12170 def GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
12171     """
12172     GBSizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span,
12173         int flag, int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12174
12175     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a spacer.
12176     """
12177     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
12178     return val
12179
12180 class GridBagSizer(FlexGridSizer):
12181     """
12182     A `wx.Sizer` that can lay out items in a virtual grid like a
12183     `wx.FlexGridSizer` but in this case explicit positioning of the items
12184     is allowed using `wx.GBPosition`, and items can optionally span more
12185     than one row and/or column using `wx.GBSpan`.  The total size of the
12186     virtual grid is determined by the largest row and column that items are
12187     positioned at, adjusted for spanning.
12188
12189     """
12190     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12191     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12192     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12193         """
12194         __init__(self, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridBagSizer
12195
12196         Constructor, with optional parameters to specify the gap between the
12197         rows and columns.
12198         """
12199         _core_.GridBagSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridBagSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12200         self._setOORInfo(self)
12201
12202     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
12203         """
12204         Add(self, item, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span=DefaultSpan, int flag=0,
12205         int border=0, userData=None) -> wx.GBSizerItem
12206
12207         Adds an item to the sizer at the grid cell *pos*, optionally spanning
12208         more than one row or column as specified with *span*.  The remaining
12209         args behave similarly to `wx.Sizer.Add`.
12210
12211         Returns True if the item was successfully placed at the given cell
12212         position, False if something was already there.
12213
12214         """
12215         return _core_.GridBagSizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
12216
12217     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
12218         """
12219         Add(self, GBSizerItem item) -> wx.GBSizerItem
12220
12221         Add an item to the sizer using a `wx.GBSizerItem`.  Returns True if
12222         the item was successfully placed at its given cell position, False if
12223         something was already there.
12224         """
12225         return _core_.GridBagSizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
12226
12227     def GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12228         """
12229         GetCellSize(self, int row, int col) -> Size
12230
12231         Get the size of the specified cell, including hgap and
12232         vgap.  Only valid after a Layout.
12233         """
12234         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12235
12236     def GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12237         """
12238         GetEmptyCellSize(self) -> Size
12239
12240         Get the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
12241         """
12242         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12243
12244     def SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12245         """
12246         SetEmptyCellSize(self, Size sz)
12247
12248         Set the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
12249         """
12250         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12251
12252     def GetItemPosition(*args):
12253         """
12254         GetItemPosition(self, item) -> GBPosition
12255
12256         Get the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
12257         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
12258         index of an item.
12259         """
12260         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemPosition(*args)
12261
12262     def SetItemPosition(*args):
12263         """
12264         SetItemPosition(self, item, GBPosition pos) -> bool
12265
12266         Set the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
12267         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
12268         index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is not
12269         allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
12270
12271         """
12272         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemPosition(*args)
12273
12274     def GetItemSpan(*args):
12275         """
12276         GetItemSpan(self, item) -> GBSpan
12277
12278         Get the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
12279         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
12280         zero-based index of an item.
12281         """
12282         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemSpan(*args)
12283
12284     def SetItemSpan(*args):
12285         """
12286         SetItemSpan(self, item, GBSpan span) -> bool
12287
12288         Set the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
12289         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
12290         zero-based index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is
12291         not allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
12292         """
12293         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemSpan(*args)
12294
12295     def FindItem(*args):
12296         """
12297         FindItem(self, item) -> GBSizerItem
12298
12299         Find the sizer item for the given window or subsizer, returns None if
12300         not found. (non-recursive)
12301         """
12302         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItem(*args)
12303
12304     def FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs):
12305         """
12306         FindItemAtPosition(self, GBPosition pos) -> GBSizerItem
12307
12308         Return the sizer item for the given grid cell, or None if there is no
12309         item at that position. (non-recursive)
12310         """
12311         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs)
12312
12313     def FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs):
12314         """
12315         FindItemAtPoint(self, Point pt) -> GBSizerItem
12316
12317         Return the sizer item located at the point given in *pt*, or None if
12318         there is no item at that point. The (x,y) coordinates in pt correspond
12319         to the client coordinates of the window using the sizer for
12320         layout. (non-recursive)
12321         """
12322         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs)
12323
12324     def CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs):
12325         """
12326         CheckForIntersection(self, GBSizerItem item, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
12327
12328         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
12329         given *item*.  Returns True if so, False if there would be no overlap.
12330         If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked for
12331         intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
12332         position of.
12333
12334         """
12335         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs)
12336
12337     def CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs):
12338         """
12339         CheckForIntersectionPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
12340
12341         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
12342         given position and span.  Returns True if so, False if there would be
12343         no overlap.  If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked
12344         for intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
12345         position of.
12346         """
12347         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs)
12348
12349 _core_.GridBagSizer_swigregister(GridBagSizer)
12350
12351 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12352
12353 Left = _core_.Left
12354 Top = _core_.Top
12355 Right = _core_.Right
12356 Bottom = _core_.Bottom
12357 Width = _core_.Width
12358 Height = _core_.Height
12359 Centre = _core_.Centre
12360 Center = _core_.Center
12361 CentreX = _core_.CentreX
12362 CentreY = _core_.CentreY
12363 Unconstrained = _core_.Unconstrained
12364 AsIs = _core_.AsIs
12365 PercentOf = _core_.PercentOf
12366 Above = _core_.Above
12367 Below = _core_.Below
12368 LeftOf = _core_.LeftOf
12369 RightOf = _core_.RightOf
12370 SameAs = _core_.SameAs
12371 Absolute = _core_.Absolute
12372 class IndividualLayoutConstraint(Object):
12373     """
12374     Objects of this class are stored in the `wx.LayoutConstraints` class as
12375     one of eight possible constraints that a window can be involved in.
12376     You will never need to create an instance of
12377     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, rather you should create a
12378     `wx.LayoutConstraints` instance and use the individual contstraints
12379     that it contains.
12380     """
12381     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12382     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
12383     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12384     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
12385         """
12386         Set(self, int rel, Window otherW, int otherE, int val=0, int marg=wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN)
12387
12388         Sets the properties of the constraint. Normally called by one of the
12389         convenience functions such as Above, RightOf, SameAs.
12390         """
12391         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
12392
12393     def LeftOf(*args, **kwargs):
12394         """
12395         LeftOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12396
12397         Constrains this edge to be to the left of the given window, with an
12398         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the left edge of the
12399         other window.
12400         """
12401         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_LeftOf(*args, **kwargs)
12402
12403     def RightOf(*args, **kwargs):
12404         """
12405         RightOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12406
12407         Constrains this edge to be to the right of the given window, with an
12408         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the right edge of the
12409         other window.
12410         """
12411         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_RightOf(*args, **kwargs)
12412
12413     def Above(*args, **kwargs):
12414         """
12415         Above(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12416
12417         Constrains this edge to be above the given window, with an optional
12418         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the top edge of the other
12419         window.
12420         """
12421         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Above(*args, **kwargs)
12422
12423     def Below(*args, **kwargs):
12424         """
12425         Below(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12426
12427         Constrains this edge to be below the given window, with an optional
12428         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the bottom edge of the other
12429         window.
12430         """
12431         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Below(*args, **kwargs)
12432
12433     def SameAs(*args, **kwargs):
12434         """
12435         SameAs(self, Window otherW, int edge, int marg=0)
12436
12437         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to the same as the edge of the
12438         given window, with an optional margin.
12439         """
12440         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SameAs(*args, **kwargs)
12441
12442     def PercentOf(*args, **kwargs):
12443         """
12444         PercentOf(self, Window otherW, int wh, int per)
12445
12446         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to a percentage of the given
12447         window, with an optional margin.
12448         """
12449         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_PercentOf(*args, **kwargs)
12450
12451     def Absolute(*args, **kwargs):
12452         """
12453         Absolute(self, int val)
12454
12455         Constrains this edge or dimension to be the given absolute value.
12456         """
12457         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Absolute(*args, **kwargs)
12458
12459     def Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs):
12460         """
12461         Unconstrained(self)
12462
12463         Sets this edge or dimension to be unconstrained, that is, dependent on
12464         other edges and dimensions from which this value can be deduced.
12465         """
12466         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs)
12467
12468     def AsIs(*args, **kwargs):
12469         """
12470         AsIs(self)
12471
12472         Sets this edge or constraint to be whatever the window's value is at
12473         the moment. If either of the width and height constraints are *as is*,
12474         the window will not be resized, but moved instead. This is important
12475         when considering panel items which are intended to have a default
12476         size, such as a button, which may take its size from the size of the
12477         button label.
12478         """
12479         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_AsIs(*args, **kwargs)
12480
12481     def GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12482         """GetOtherWindow(self) -> Window"""
12483         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12484
12485     def GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12486         """GetMyEdge(self) -> int"""
12487         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12488
12489     def SetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12490         """SetEdge(self, int which)"""
12491         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12492
12493     def SetValue(*args, **kwargs):
12494         """SetValue(self, int v)"""
12495         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetValue(*args, **kwargs)
12496
12497     def GetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
12498         """GetMargin(self) -> int"""
12499         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
12500
12501     def SetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
12502         """SetMargin(self, int m)"""
12503         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
12504
12505     def GetValue(*args, **kwargs):
12506         """GetValue(self) -> int"""
12507         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetValue(*args, **kwargs)
12508
12509     def GetPercent(*args, **kwargs):
12510         """GetPercent(self) -> int"""
12511         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetPercent(*args, **kwargs)
12512
12513     def GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12514         """GetOtherEdge(self) -> int"""
12515         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12516
12517     def GetDone(*args, **kwargs):
12518         """GetDone(self) -> bool"""
12519         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetDone(*args, **kwargs)
12520
12521     def SetDone(*args, **kwargs):
12522         """SetDone(self, bool d)"""
12523         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetDone(*args, **kwargs)
12524
12525     def GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
12526         """GetRelationship(self) -> int"""
12527         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
12528
12529     def SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
12530         """SetRelationship(self, int r)"""
12531         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
12532
12533     def ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs):
12534         """
12535         ResetIfWin(self, Window otherW) -> bool
12536
12537         Reset constraint if it mentions otherWin
12538         """
12539         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs)
12540
12541     def SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs):
12542         """
12543         SatisfyConstraint(self, LayoutConstraints constraints, Window win) -> bool
12544
12545         Try to satisfy constraint
12546         """
12547         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs)
12548
12549     def GetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12550         """
12551         GetEdge(self, int which, Window thisWin, Window other) -> int
12552
12553         Get the value of this edge or dimension, or if this
12554         is not determinable, -1.
12555         """
12556         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12557
12558 _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_swigregister(IndividualLayoutConstraint)
12559
12560 class LayoutConstraints(Object):
12561     """
12562     **Note:** constraints are now deprecated and you should use sizers
12563     instead.
12564
12565     Objects of this class can be associated with a window to define its
12566     layout constraints, with respect to siblings or its parent.
12567
12568     The class consists of the following eight constraints of class
12569     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, some or all of which should be accessed
12570     directly to set the appropriate constraints.
12571
12572         * left: represents the left hand edge of the window
12573         * right: represents the right hand edge of the window
12574         * top: represents the top edge of the window
12575         * bottom: represents the bottom edge of the window
12576         * width: represents the width of the window
12577         * height: represents the height of the window
12578         * centreX: represents the horizontal centre point of the window
12579         * centreY: represents the vertical centre point of the window
12580
12581     Most constraints are initially set to have the relationship
12582     wxUnconstrained, which means that their values should be calculated by
12583     looking at known constraints. The exceptions are width and height,
12584     which are set to wxAsIs to ensure that if the user does not specify a
12585     constraint, the existing width and height will be used, to be
12586     compatible with panel items which often have take a default size. If
12587     the constraint is ``wx.AsIs``, the dimension will not be changed.
12588
12589     :see: `wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint`, `wx.Window.SetConstraints`
12590
12591     """
12592     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12593     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12594     left = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_left_get)
12595     top = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_top_get)
12596     right = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_right_get)
12597     bottom = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_bottom_get)
12598     width = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_width_get)
12599     height = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_height_get)
12600     centreX = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreX_get)
12601     centreY = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreY_get)
12602     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12603         """__init__(self) -> LayoutConstraints"""
12604         _core_.LayoutConstraints_swiginit(self,_core_.new_LayoutConstraints(*args, **kwargs))
12605     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_LayoutConstraints
12606     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12607     def SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
12608         """SatisfyConstraints(Window win) -> (areSatisfied, noChanges)"""
12609         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
12610
12611     def AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs):
12612         """AreSatisfied(self) -> bool"""
12613         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs)
12614
12615 _core_.LayoutConstraints_swigregister(LayoutConstraints)
12616
12617 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12618
12619 # Use Python's bool constants if available, make some if not
12620 try:
12621     True
12622 except NameError:
12623     __builtins__.True = 1==1
12624     __builtins__.False = 1==0
12625     def bool(value): return not not value
12626     __builtins__.bool = bool
12627
12628
12629
12630 # workarounds for bad wxRTTI names
12631 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxGauge95']    = 'wxGauge'
12632 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxSlider95']   = 'wxSlider'
12633 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxStatusBar95']   = 'wxStatusBar'
12634
12635
12636 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12637 # Load version numbers from __version__...  Ensure that major and minor
12638 # versions are the same for both wxPython and wxWidgets.
12639
12640 from __version__ import *
12641 __version__ = VERSION_STRING
12642
12643 assert MAJOR_VERSION == _core_.MAJOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
12644 assert MINOR_VERSION == _core_.MINOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
12645 if RELEASE_VERSION != _core_.RELEASE_VERSION:
12646     import warnings
12647     warnings.warn("wxPython/wxWidgets release number mismatch")
12648
12649 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12650
12651 # Set wxPython's default string<-->unicode conversion encoding from
12652 # the locale, but only if Python's default hasn't been changed.  (We
12653 # assume that if the user has customized it already then that is the
12654 # encoding we need to use as well.)
12655 #
12656 # The encoding selected here is used when string or unicode objects
12657 # need to be converted in order to pass them to wxWidgets.  Please be
12658 # aware that the default encoding within the same locale may be
12659 # slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please see
12660 # http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
12661 # between the common latin/roman encodings.
12662
12663 default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
12664 if default == 'ascii':
12665     import locale
12666     import codecs
12667     try:
12668         default = locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]
12669         codecs.lookup(default)
12670     except (ValueError, LookupError, TypeError):
12671         default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
12672     del locale
12673     del codecs
12674 if default:
12675     wx.SetDefaultPyEncoding(default)
12676 del default
12677
12678 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12679
12680 class PyDeadObjectError(AttributeError):
12681     pass
12682
12683 class _wxPyDeadObject(object):
12684     """
12685     Instances of wx objects that are OOR capable will have their __class__
12686     changed to this class when the C++ object is deleted.  This should help
12687     prevent crashes due to referencing a bogus C++ pointer.
12688     """
12689     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for DELETED %s object! (The C++ object no longer exists.)"
12690     attrStr = "The C++ part of the %s object has been deleted, attribute access no longer allowed."
12691
12692     def __repr__(self):
12693         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12694             self._name = "[unknown]"
12695         return self.reprStr % self._name
12696
12697     def __getattr__(self, *args):
12698         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12699             self._name = "[unknown]"
12700         raise PyDeadObjectError(self.attrStr % self._name)
12701
12702     def __nonzero__(self):
12703         return 0
12704
12705
12706
12707 class PyUnbornObjectError(AttributeError):
12708     pass
12709
12710 class _wxPyUnbornObject(object):
12711     """
12712     Some stock objects are created when the wx._core module is
12713     imported, but their C++ instance is not created until the wx.App
12714     object is created and initialized.  These object instances will
12715     temporarily have their __class__ changed to this class so an
12716     exception will be raised if they are used before the C++ instance
12717     is ready.
12718     """
12719
12720     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)"
12721     attrStr = "The C++ part of this object has not been initialized, attribute access not allowed."
12722
12723     def __repr__(self):
12724         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12725         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
12726         return self.reprStr #% self._name
12727
12728     def __getattr__(self, *args):
12729         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12730         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
12731         raise PyUnbornObjectError(self.attrStr) # % self._name )
12732
12733     def __nonzero__(self):
12734         return 0
12735
12736
12737 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12738
12739 def CallAfter(callable, *args, **kw):
12740     """
12741     Call the specified function after the current and pending event
12742     handlers have been completed.  This is also good for making GUI
12743     method calls from non-GUI threads.  Any extra positional or
12744     keyword args are passed on to the callable when it is called.
12745
12746     :see: `wx.FutureCall`
12747     """
12748     app = wx.GetApp()
12749     assert app is not None, 'No wx.App created yet'
12750
12751     if not hasattr(app, "_CallAfterId"):
12752         app._CallAfterId = wx.NewEventType()
12753         app.Connect(-1, -1, app._CallAfterId,
12754                     lambda event: event.callable(*event.args, **event.kw) )
12755     evt = wx.PyEvent()
12756     evt.SetEventType(app._CallAfterId)
12757     evt.callable = callable
12758     evt.args = args
12759     evt.kw = kw
12760     wx.PostEvent(app, evt)
12761
12762 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12763
12764
12765 class FutureCall:
12766     """
12767     A convenience class for `wx.Timer`, that calls the given callable
12768     object once after the given amount of milliseconds, passing any
12769     positional or keyword args.  The return value of the callable is
12770     availbale after it has been run with the `GetResult` method.
12771
12772     If you don't need to get the return value or restart the timer
12773     then there is no need to hold a reference to this object.  It will
12774     hold a reference to itself while the timer is running (the timer
12775     has a reference to self.Notify) but the cycle will be broken when
12776     the timer completes, automatically cleaning up the wx.FutureCall
12777     object.
12778
12779     :see: `wx.CallAfter`
12780     """
12781     def __init__(self, millis, callable, *args, **kwargs):
12782         self.millis = millis
12783         self.callable = callable
12784         self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
12785         self.runCount = 0
12786         self.running = False
12787         self.hasRun = False
12788         self.result = None
12789         self.timer = None
12790         self.Start()
12791
12792     def __del__(self):
12793         self.Stop()
12794
12795
12796     def Start(self, millis=None, *args, **kwargs):
12797         """
12798         (Re)start the timer
12799         """
12800         self.hasRun = False
12801         if millis is not None:
12802             self.millis = millis
12803         if args or kwargs:
12804             self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
12805         self.Stop()
12806         self.timer = wx.PyTimer(self.Notify)
12807         self.timer.Start(self.millis, wx.TIMER_ONE_SHOT)
12808         self.running = True
12809     Restart = Start
12810
12811
12812     def Stop(self):
12813         """
12814         Stop and destroy the timer.
12815         """
12816         if self.timer is not None:
12817             self.timer.Stop()
12818             self.timer = None
12819
12820
12821     def GetInterval(self):
12822         if self.timer is not None:
12823             return self.timer.GetInterval()
12824         else:
12825             return 0
12826
12827
12828     def IsRunning(self):
12829         return self.timer is not None and self.timer.IsRunning()
12830
12831
12832     def SetArgs(self, *args, **kwargs):
12833         """
12834         (Re)set the args passed to the callable object.  This is
12835         useful in conjunction with Restart if you want to schedule a
12836         new call to the same callable object but with different
12837         parameters.
12838         """
12839         self.args = args
12840         self.kwargs = kwargs
12841
12842
12843     def HasRun(self):
12844         return self.hasRun
12845
12846     def GetResult(self):
12847         return self.result
12848
12849     def Notify(self):
12850         """
12851         The timer has expired so call the callable.
12852         """
12853         if self.callable and getattr(self.callable, 'im_self', True):
12854             self.runCount += 1
12855             self.running = False
12856             self.result = self.callable(*self.args, **self.kwargs)
12857         self.hasRun = True
12858         if not self.running:
12859             # if it wasn't restarted, then cleanup
12860             wx.CallAfter(self.Stop)
12861
12862
12863
12864 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12865 # Control which items in this module should be documented by epydoc.
12866 # We allow only classes and functions, which will help reduce the size
12867 # of the docs by filtering out the zillions of constants, EVT objects,
12868 # and etc that don't make much sense by themselves, but are instead
12869 # documented (or will be) as part of the classes/functions/methods
12870 # where they should be used.
12871
12872 class __DocFilter:
12873     """
12874     A filter for epydoc that only allows non-Ptr classes and
12875     fucntions, in order to reduce the clutter in the API docs.
12876     """
12877     def __init__(self, globals):
12878         self._globals = globals
12879
12880     def __call__(self, name):
12881         import types
12882         obj = self._globals.get(name, None)
12883         if type(obj) not in [type, types.ClassType, types.FunctionType, types.BuiltinFunctionType]:
12884             return False
12885         if name.startswith('_') or name.startswith('EVT') or name.endswith('_swigregister')  or name.endswith('Ptr') :
12886             return False
12887         return True
12888
12889 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12890 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12891
12892 # Import other modules in this package that should show up in the
12893 # "core" wx namespace
12894 from _gdi import *
12895 from _windows import *
12896 from _controls import *
12897 from _misc import *
12898
12899 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12900 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12901
12902
12903